The Market as a Social Institution Class 12 Important Extra Questions Sociology Chapter 4

Here we are providing Class 12 Sociology Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 4 The Market as a Social Institution. Sociology Class 12 Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Sociology Chapter 4 Important Extra Questions The Market as a Social Institution

The Market as a Social Institution Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is meant by the Market?
Answer:
In economics, a place where the exchange of things takes place or where things are bought or sold is called a market. But in sociology, markets are social institutions that are constructed in culturally specific ways.

Question 2.
What is meant by Market Economy according to Adam Smith?
Answer:
According to Adam Smith, the market economy is made up of a series of individual exchanges or transactions, which automatically create a functioning and ordered system. This happens even though none of the individuals involved in the millions of transactions had intended to create a system.

Question 3.
Give the meaning of free market.
Answer:
Adam Smith supported the idea of the free market. It is a market that is free from all kinds of regulation whether by the state or otherwise. If any regulation would be there then it would have a negligible impact on trade.

Question 4.
What is meant by the policy of Laissez-Fairer?
Answer:
The meaning of the French word ‘Laissez-Fairer’ is to leave alone or let the market be it means that the market should be free from the State’s control and no interference of government would be there in it.

Question 5.
What is meant by Weekly Markets?
Answer:
Weekly markets are held in tribal areas which bring together people from surrounding villages, who come to sell their agricultural or other products and to buy manufactured goods and other goods and other items that are not available in their villages.

Question 6.
What is meant by the Short-term Market?
Answer:
Short-term Market is that state of the market in which if the demand of any commodity increases then the produce of that thing gets time to increase its supply to a certain extent. This extent or limit is the capacity of the godown of that producer to store that thing. The value of this market is known as market value.

Question 7.
What is meant by Long-term Market?
Answer:
A long-term Market is that state of the market in which the supply of anything can be increased or decreased according to the demand of that thing. Balance can be maintained in both demand and supply in this type of state. The value of this market is known as general value.

Question 8.
What is meant by the Jajmani system?
Answer:
This was a system existing in rural areas in which different castes provided their services to upper castes. In lieu of their services, they were being provided some portion from agricultural produce or some other things.

Question 9.
What is meant by Exchange?
Answer:
In common sense, the exchange is the giving and taking of things and services between two parties. In economics, the exchange is the legal, optional, and mutual giving and taking of goods and money.

Question 10.
What is commodification? Explain with examples. (C.B.S.E. 2010)
Answer:
Commoditization occurs when things that were earlier not traded in the market become commodities. For example, labor or skills become things that can be bought and sold.

Question 11.
What was Hundi?
Answer:
Hundi was a bill of exchange, like a credit note, which allowed merchants to engage in long-distance trade. A merchant in one part of the country could issue a hundi that would be honored by a merchant in another place.

Question 12.
What is liberalization?
Answer:
liberalization is the lifting of unnecessary restrictions in a controlled economy. The lifting of unnecessary restrictions from industries and businesses, so that economy could become more competitive, open and progressive, is known as liberalization. It is an economic process that brings changes in society.

Question 13.
What is Globalisation?
Answer:
Globalization is that process in which the economy of one country is attached to the economies of other countries. It means that the unrestricted exchange of things, services, capital, and labor of one country with other countries is known as globalization. There is an open and free exchange of trade between different countries.

Question 14.
What are the reasons for liberalization?
Answer:

  • To develop more means of employment so that people could get enough employment.
  • To produce more and more competition among industries so that consumers should get more and more profit.

Question 15.
What is Privatisation?
Answer:
Socialist and Democratic countries have a mixed type of economy that has public enterprises, under the direct control of the government. Sometimes the government gives control of these public enterprises to private companies so that they could earn more and more profit. This process of giving public enterprises to private hands is known as privatization.

Question 16.
What were the positive results of globalization over India?
Answer:

  1. India’s share in world export has been increased.
  2. Foreign investment in India has been increased.
  3. India’s foreign reserve has been increased.

Question 17.
What changes have taken place due to marketization? (C.B.S.E. 2017 (OD))
Answer:
Changes due to marketization –

  1. Removal of economic controls (deregulations)
  2. Privatization of industries
  3. Removing government control over wages and prices
  4. Lead to better economic growth

Question 18.
In what way consumption pattern is related to a status symbol? (C.B.S.E. 2017 (D))
Answer:
Relation of Consumption pattern to a status symbol – Things people consume, use, indicate their status in society; their lifestyle, etc e.g. brand of cell phone, a model of car, decoration of home, way of dressing, leisure activities, etc.

Question 19.
Why coastal cities were favored by the colonial rulers? (C.B.S.E. 2017 (D))
Answer:
They were the primary link between the economic centre and core in Britain and periphery margins in colonized India (Coastal cities such as Bombay, Calcutta & Madras were developed by the British in India. This may be mentioned as Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai also.)

The Market as a Social Institution Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What are the main objectives of liberalization?
Answer:

  1. the Main objective of liberalization is to produce more opportunities for employment.
  2. To attract foreign investment to produce employment opportunities.
  3. Making Indian companies competitive in the Indian market.
  4. To give more and more freedom to the private sector.
  5. To increase the production capacity of the country.

Question 2.
Give some features of liberalization policy.
Answer:

  1. Except for few things, the policy of taking licenses was eliminated so that all the industries could develop very easily.
  2. Privatization of public enterprises was started so that the deficit making enterprises could be changed into profit-making enterprises.
  3. Very few industries have been left for the public sector so that all the industries could be encouraged.
  4. The limit of foreign direct investment has been increased. In many sectors it is up to 51%, in many, it is 74% and in many sectors, complete investment has been permitted.

Question 3.
Give some characteristics of Globalisation.
Answer:
United Nations’ development program has given four characteristics of globalization and these are:

  1. New tools and things have come for people in globalization because large companies of the world are going in every country.
  2. New markets have been opened for companies because, in globalization, companies can do free trade in any country.
  3. New organizations sire coming forward to do works of globalization like the Red Cross, World Trade Organization, etc.
  4. New laws and rules are coming forward due to globalization like jobs on contract instead of permanent jobs.

Question 4.
In how many phases process of liberalization in India can be divided?
Answer:
The process of liberalization in India can be divided into 4 phases:

  1. The first phase of 1975-1980
  2. The second phase of 1980-1985
  3. The third phase of 1985-1991
  4. The fourth phase of 1991 onwards.

Question 5.
Give four principles of Globalization
Or
What are some of the processes included under the label globalization? (C.B.S.E. 2013)
Answer:

  1. The opening up of the economy of the country for foreign investment.
  2. To reduce custom duty up to a maximum extent.
  3. Disinvestment of public enterprises.
  4. To encourage investment in the private sector.

Question 6.
What are the changes that came in tribal weekly markets?
Answer:
Changes came in tribal weekly markets with the passage of time. These areas were connected with regional and national economies during the colonial period. Roads were made in their areas and their areas were made open for outsiders so that minerals and forest wealth could be taken out. That is why non-tribal people, traders, and moneylenders reached to their areas. New goods came into their markets. Forest produce was sold to outsiders. Tribals were kept as laborers in mines and tea-gardens. Tribal started buying outsider goods by taking loans and they became poorer.

Question 7.
What is meant by Production?
Answer:
Production is that process with which anything is made to fulfill any need of the person. It can be defined in the form of using anything. Many things are required to produce anything like natural resources, human force, labor, technology, entrepreneur, etc. In this way production is a process in which man produces anything to satisfy his needs and then, he uses that thing.

Question 8.
What do you mean by Consumption?
Answer:
Consumption is also necessary with production because, without consumption, production is not possible. Consumption means to use anything and to use means that quality that makes anything able to satisfy the needs of the person. It is the main function of every society to regulate and control the consumption for society.

Question 9.
What is Distribution?
Answer:
For a layman, the meaning of distribution is to take anything from one place to another and to sell that thing. But in economics, distribution is that process with which the actual and complete value of anything is distributed among those persons who have contributed to the production of that thing. Different persons and groups have their own specific contribution in the production of anything and they should be rewarded for that. In this way, the money or reward given to them is distributed. For example, rent to the owner of the land, labor to laborer, interest to the person who has invested money, tax to the government. All of them get a share in this form.

Question 10.
What do you mean by Capitalism?
Answer:
Capitalism is an economic system in which private property is of great importance. Production in capitalism is on large scale and we can see stiff competition among different capitalists. Capitalist tries to get more profit because of which he invests his money. This money and credit are of great importance in capitalism. The biggest feature of capitalism is the exploitation of laborers.

Question 11.
Write characteristics of Capitalism.
Answer:

  1. Production in capitalism is on large scale.
  2. The base of capitalism is private property.
  3. There is a lot of competition among different classes in capitalism.
  4. Capitalist invests his money to get more profit.
  5. The exploitation of laborers is there in capitalism.
  6. Money and credit are of great importance in a capitalist economy.

Question 12.
In agrarian societies, periodic markets are a central feature of social and economic organizations. Explain. (C.B.S.E. 2012)
Answer:
In most agrarian or peasant societies around the world, periodic markets are a central feature of social and economic organization. Weakly markets bring together people from surrounding villages, who come to sell their agricultural or other products and to buy manufactured goods and other items that are not available in their villages.

They attract traders from outside the local area, as well as moneylenders, entertainers, astrologers, and a host of other specialists offering their services and wares. In rural India, there are also specialized markets that come up at less frequent intervals, for example, cattle markets. These periodic markets link different regional and local economies together and link them to the wider national economy and to towns and metropolitan centers.

The Market as a Social Institution Important Extra Questions Essay Answer Type

Question 1.
What is Globalisation? Explain briefly.
Answer:
The process of Globalisation is a wide economic process that can be seen in all societies and countries. Different countries have free trade and economic relations in this process. Actually, not even a single country is completely self-dependent to fulfill its need. It has to depend upon other countries to fulfill the basic needs of its people. With this, even other countries are also dependent upon each other to fulfill their needs.

Because of this mutual dependence, mutual relations were increased in different countries and one idea came into being to increase relations of free trade in each other’s country. This idea of increasing economic relations and free trade is given the name of Globalisation. The concept of Globalisation gave rise to the concept of liberalization in which different countries are opening their doors for other countries to have duty-free trade relations among them.

The concept of Globalisation is not very old. It is as old as 15-20 years which has taken the whole world in its fold. That is why the world is shrinking these days. We can get the foreign-made goods while living in our small town or city. We can see any sector of the country. For example, many foreign cars like Mercedes, General Motors, Rolls Royce, Ferrari, Honda, Mitsubishi, Hyundai, Skoda, Toyota, etc. came to India, which were not available in the decade of 1980s.

It is happening because of Globalisation and liberalization that the market of our country is opened for foreign companies. In this way, a lot of foreign-made goods and Indian goods are available in our country. It is Globalisation in which different countries are opening their doors for foreign companies and are encouraging free trade. These days the world is shrinking and now it is just like a small village or town. The government is increasing Foreign Direct Investments (FDI) in every sector. This is called Globalisation.

Question 2.
Explain briefly the different characteristics of Globalisation.
Answer:
1. World Trade. The first and necessary condition of Globalisation is world trade. It is the main base of trade in the world. It unites the people of different sectors living in different countries and gives them business. For example, India has a lot of surplus tea. That is why different countries of the world are importing tea from India. In the same way, almost all the countries of the world depend upon Arabian countries for crude oil. In this way, with the exchange of goods and because of trade they are coming closer to each other. People of India depend upon Arabian people and they depend upon us. World Trade and Globalisation has been increased.

2. Economic globalization: Globalisation has established a new economy in the world. Now the economy of one country depends upon the economy of another country. That is why the concept of the world economy came into being. Different countries unite with each other because of the economy and the exchange of cultural traits starts between them. Investment, exchange of division of labor, specialization, production, consumption, etc. have an important role in this business. Economic globalization has encouraged capitalism. Now, people are thinking even for international economy and structure.

3. Globalisation of market: Globalisation has increased the market to a great extent. Now, globalization of the market is not being done only on the basis of production but is also on the basis of consumption. Companies are producing things while keeping in mind the market of other countries or international markets. Even some countries depend on others for consumption. In this way, production and consumption depend upon the foreign market. With this, the business with other countries increases and foreign exchange comes into the country. In this way, the market depends upon foreign countries. We can find a number of foreign-made goods in our market. Even the eatables are available in markets. In this way, the market is expanded with globalization.

4. Division of labor: Globalisation has encouraged the division of labor. Now, people are doing many courses to go to a foreign country. For example, people are doing a number of computer courses so that they could earn money in a foreign country. We can see many types of advertisements in newspapers that specialists in different countries are required. Division of labor is encouraged because specialists are in great demand in different countries of the wound. It is the feature of globalization that has encouraged the division of labor.

5. Migration of laborers to other countries: Another feature of globalization is the migration of workers from one country to another country in search of work. Generally, people, specialists in different sectors from South Asian countries are going to western countries for work because they think that they can earn more in western countries. Workers of different countries are working in foreign lands and are earning money. In this way because of globalization people of different countries have been able to migrate to other countries.

6. World economy: Another feature of globalization is the encouragement of the world economy. Now the economy of one country is not restricted only to that country because its economy is affected by the economies of other countries. With the increase in trade, economies depend upon each other. In this way because of inter-dependence, the world economy and world trade have been increased.

Question 3.
What is the impact of Globalisation on the Indian Economy?
Answer:
1. Increase of the Indian Share in world export: With the process of globalization, the Indian share in world export has been increased. Indian goods and services in the decade of 1990-2000 have been increased by 125%. In 1990, the Indian share in the world’s export of goods and services was 0.55% which was increased up to 0.75% in 1999.

2. Foreign investment in India: Foreign direct investment is an important feature of globalization because foreign investment increases the capacity of production of any economy. Foreign investment in India is continuously increasing. From 1995-96 up to 2000-01, it has been increased by 53% and during this time 500 crores have been invested in India annually.

3. Foreign Exchange Reserve: Foreign exchange is necessary for import. In June 1991, the foreign exchange reserve in India was 1 Billion Dollars which was enough only to fulfill the needs of only two weeks of the country. After this India adopted new economic policies. Globalization and liberalization were encouraged because of which foreign exchange reserve was increased very quickly. Now, the foreign exchange reserve is near 350 Billion Dollars. ‘

4. Growth of Gross Domestic Product: Because of globalization the gross domestic product (GDP) of the country has been increased. In 1980, it was 5.63% which was increased to 5.80% in 1990. Now, it is around 7%.

5. Increase in Unemployment: Because of globalization, unemployment in India has been increased. During the decade of 1990-2000, the economic problems came in Mexico, South Korea, Thailand, Singapur, Indonesia, Malasia and it was because of globalization.

That is why millions of people lost their jobs and they had to live below the poverty line. At the start of the 1990’s the rate of unemployment was 6% which was 3.8% in 2011.

6. Impact on Agriculture: The share of agriculture and its related activities in the Gross Domestic Product of the country is 14%. But it is 2% in the U.S.A., 55% in Japan and France. If we look at the labor force then India’s 69% labor force is related to agricultural functions but the labor force in the agricultural sector in U.S.A. and U.K. is only 2.6%. In the near future, it is necessary for India to open its market for world companies in the agricultural sector which is in agreement with W.T.O.

7. Educational and technical development: Globalisation and liberalization have exerted a great impact on the education and technology sector which has seen a revolution. The world has been shrinking due to means of transport and communication. Internet and computer have brought a revolution in this sector.

8. Change in the form of Classes: Globalisation has changed the form of different classes. In the 20th century, only three main classes i.e., higher class, middle class, and lower class were there but now the number of classes has been increased.

9. Privatization: One of the good effects of globalization can be seen in the form of Privatisation. Many public sector undertakings (P.S.U.’S) like V.S.N.L., I.P.C.L., NALCO are now in the hands of private parties because of which they are earning huge profits.

10. Development of Industries. Foreign direct investment is very helpful in achieving a higher rate of economic development. It gives not the only advantage to industries but consumers are getting products of better quality and better technology. It gives motivation to Indian industries to compete with foreign companies in the international market.

Thus, the process of globalization is very good in bringing social change and giving good quality products to consumers in India.

Question 4.
What is meant by liberalization? Which problems occurred due to liberalization?
Answer:
Meaning of liberalization. Lifting up of unnecessary restrictions of the controlled economy is liberalization. Lifting up unnecessary restrictions from businesses and industries, so that economy could become more competitive and open, is called liberalization. liberalization is a process in which different countries of the world are motivated to provide such facilities with which free business and trade could develop among them.

One of its aims is to reach the objective of better international economic relations. This process encourages wide business and economic relations between different countries of the world. This policy increases the working capacity of the economy and private enterprises have the ability to give better results than public enterprises.

Problems of liberalization. This process brought up many problems in India which are given below:
1. Increase in Unemployment. The unemployment rate in India was 6% in 1990, which became 7% in 1999 and it was 3.8% in 2011. It is only the result of liberalization. 36% of the total population of India still lives below the poverty line because they lack basic amenities. Domestic industries are directly related to employment because they give a lot of employment to a number of people.

If industries will increase then more and more people will get employment. But if local industries will be destroyed then not only unemployment but poverty will also increase. The process of liberalization is going on for more than is the year in our country. Large industries are coming forward but domestic and cottage industries are destroyed by these larger industries. It has increased unemployment.

2. Evil consequences of liberalization. Industries begin to throw out their employees from factories with this process. When the policy of liberalization was implemented then it was told that this process will solve all the problems of the country. But even after such a long time not much impact has been seen on our economy. 36% of the total Indian population still lives below the poverty line. Yet India got technical advantage through this but certain areas are there which have faced evil consequences of this process.

3. Increasing pressure of foreign debt. The first era of economic reforms was started in 1991 and went until 2001. The second era was started in 2001. During the second era, it was thought that the rate of economic growth of the country will increase but nothing happened. Steps on the way of economic progress and economic reforms became slower. The aim of economic growth was kept at 8% but it fluctuated all the time. The pressure of foreign debt is increasing. India has to pay 349.5 billion dollars of foreign debt in 2012 and that is why every Indian is under the debt of foreign countries. All this has happened because of the process of liberalization.

4. Decrease in Export and Increase in Import. Export of India has also been reduced by process of liberalization and also import has increased. Import as compared to 1991, was increased in 1996 and export was reduced. Its reason was that western things came into our country and the people started to use those things. That is why imports were increased and export was decreased. Balance of business was also destabilized. Increasing import has adversely affected local industries. Western things are durable and less expensive. That is the reason why local industries are adversely affected.

5. Reduction in Value of Rupee. The value of the rupee has been decreased to a great extent due to liberalization. The value of one dollar was Rs. 18 in 1991, it became Rs. 36 in 1996 and Rs. 47 in 2001. Now, it is around Rs. 67. It is all because of liberalization. The decline in the monetary value of a country led to an increase in inflation which is also not good for poor people. It might be profitable for developed countries but is disastrous for developing countries. In this way value of the rupee has been declining due to liberalization.

Question 5.
What do you know about capitalism? Write in detail.
Answer:
Capitalism is an economic system in which private property is of great importance. Capitalism does not its an advanced stage at once but it develops slowly. To see its development we have to study it from ancient societies.

In ancient societies, the system of exchange of goods was there. There was no concept of profit at that time. People were not collecting things for profit but were collecting for those days when those things will become unavailable. The business system was generally dependent upon the exchange of service and goods. No one was aware of economic factors like labor, investment, individual profit during those times.

In the middle ages, business and commerce developed a bit. Yet, in the beginning, the business was based on the system of exchange and gradually money became the medium of business. It has given a type of motivation to business and commerce because of which the importance of money, gold, silver, and coin was increased. Money was, yet, not the property, but was the symbol of property. It has a complete effect on the production forces and features. According to Simmer, the institution of money has affected all parts of life when it became systematic in modern western society.

It has given the freedom to owner and servant and also affects the things and services and buyers and sellers because with this formal relations came into being in both sides of the business. According to Simmer, money has brought a lot of changes in the philosophy of our life. It has made us practical because now we are measuring everything in terms of money. Social relationships and social contact have become informal and formal. Human relationships have become cold.

At the beginning of modem times, economic activities were regulated by governmental forces. In this, we can see the shadow of moving forward of European people under their monarchs. At this time economic activities were regulated by the political authority so that the king’s profit is increased and treasure should be filled. The country was running under the supervision of businessmen and the businessmen were engaged in earning money like an economic organization. Production forces were also regulated by business laws.

After this, the industrial revolution came, which changed the ways of production. Business policies were unsuccessful in doing the welfare of the people. For the production of more things policy of ‘Laissez Fairer was adopted. According to this policy, there will be no interference in economic matters. According to this, any person can see his individual interests, there was no pressure and burden on him. The state has stopped interfering in economic matters. According to Sumner, State should remove all the restrictions which were put on business and commerce and it should remove all the restrictions which were put on production, exchange, and accumulation of money. Adam Smith has given four concepts at this moment:

  1. The policy of individual interest.
  2. Policy of Laissez Fairer
  3. Theory of competition, and
  4. To see a profit.

These concepts have put a great effect on that particular time. Under the effect of these rules and because of the industrial revolution new system of property and ownership of production came into, being which was given the name of capitalism. Because of the industrial revolution, the domestic system of production was changed into the production in factories. In factories, every work has been divided into small parts and every laborer was doing small work. That is why production was increased.

With the passage of time, big industries came into being. Big owner corporations of these industries came into being. In this new system of production and exchange, owners of means of production were different individuals and they had no social responsibility. The property was completely private and it was totally free from the restrictions of state, religion, family, and other institutions. Owners of the factories were free to do anything. Their main aim was profit. They were not restricted to produce anything without profit. The way of production was profitable and the government had adopted the policy of no-interference and it helped the owners of means of production in this way.

Question 6.
What is meant by the Market? Explain the main features of the Market.
Answer:
In common everyday usage, the word Market may refer to particular markets such as the fruit market, the wholesale market, the vegetable market. It means we relate it with the economy. But it is also a social institution. Sociologists are of the view that markets are social institutions that are constructed in culturally specific ways. Markets are generally organized or controlled by particular social groups or classes and have specific relations to other institutions, social processes, and structures. From an economic point of view, only economic activities and institutions are included in markets. It means that only mutual exchange or contracts take place in the market which is based upon money.

In both Economics and Sociology, a market is understood to be an area over which any well-defined commodity is exchanged between buyers and sellers. Such commodities are considered to be of two kinds-goods and services. The total amount of a commodity produced and available for purchase is referred to as the supply of the commodity, while the total amount being sought for purchase is termed the demand.

(Features of Market)
The following are the main features of a Market:
1. Mutual exchange: First and most important feature of the market is a mutual exchange. In general, the market is based on mutual exchange. In this, either things are given for things, or things are given for money, or services are given for things. If mutual exchange would not be there would not have been a market.

2. Continuous process: The market is a continuously changing institution. We can observe any of the society like modern society, rural society, or tribal society. The market is available in all societies. If anyone wants to run the house then he is required to go to the market to buy things. It leads to regulation of the market as well.

3. Formal relations: Another feature of the market is that people have formal relations among them. Yet, people know very well about shopkeepers of the market but their mutual relations are limited to a certain extent. If they have good relations among them, even then they cannot exert a great impact on market rules. The shopkeeper will definitely take his profit. It hardly matters whether it is less or more. Relations in the market could be made between two strangers.

4. Medium: Medium of exchange is used according to market rules. This medium could be in any form like things, money, or services. The number of goods could be reduced or increased according to the value of the medium. Contracts are always based on the quantity of medium and mutual exchange that takes place according to this.

5. Relations based on a contract: Relations in the market are always based on the contract. These relations are always formal. Rules of a contract are applicable on all markets in one form or the other and everyone is bound to accept these rules. In modem industrial society, relations based on contract are in demand.

Class 12 Hindi Important Questions Aroh Chapter 4 कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज 

Here we are providing Class 12 Hindi Important Extra Questions and Answers Aroh Chapter 4 कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज. Important Questions for Class 12 Hindi are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

कैमरे में बंद अपाहिजClass 12 Important Extra Questions Hindi Aroh Chapter 4

प्रश्न 1.
जब शारीरिक चुनौती का सामना कर रहे व्यक्ति से उसके दुख के विषय में पूछा जाता है तो वह अपने दुख को क्यों नहीं बता पाता?
उत्तर
जब शारीरिक चुनौती का सामना कर रहे व्यक्ति से उसके दुख के विषय में पूछा जाता है तो वह अपने दुख के विषय में नहीं बता पाता क्योंकि वह अपनी शारीरिक दुर्बलता को लोगों के सामने प्रकट नहीं करना चाहता। वह नहीं चाहता कि लोग उसे दुर्बल और शक्तिहीन समझें तथा किसी कार्य को करने में असमर्थ कहें वह इस भय से लोगों की हँसी का पात्र भी नहीं बनना चाहता कि कहीं वह कुंठित न हो जाए, उसमें साहस की कमी न होने लगे।

प्रश्न 2.
काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए
उससे पूछेगे तो आप क्या अपाहिज हैं?
तो आप क्यों अपाहिज हैं?
आपका अपाहिजपन तो दुख देता होगा देता है?
(कैमरा दिखाओ इसे बड़ा-बड़ा) हाँ
तो बताइए आपका, दुख क्या है
जल्दी से बताइए वह दुख बताइए
बता नहीं पाएगा।

  • प्रस्तुत काव्यांश ‘आरोह भाग-2’ में संकलित कवि रघुवीर सहाय द्वारा रचित ‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ नामक कविता में अवतरित है।
  • इस काव्यांश में कवि ने अपंग व्यक्तियों के प्रति संवेदना व्यक्त की है।
  • भाषा खड़ी बोली सरल, सरस है।
  • तत्सम, तद्भव और विदेशी शब्दावली का प्रयोग हुआ है।
  • अनुप्रास, प्रश्नालंकार, पदमैत्री, स्वरमैत्री अलंकारों का प्रयोग है।
  • बिंब-योजना अत्यंत सार्थक एवं सटीक है।
  • भावपूर्ण शैली का प्रयोग है।
  • करुण रस का प्रयोग हुआ हैं।

प्रश्न 3.
‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ कविता की व्यंजना स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ कविता अपनी व्यंजना में ऐसे व्यक्तियों की ओर इशारा करती है, जो अपने दुख-दर्द, यातना-वेदना को बेचना चाहते हैं। उनकी स्थिति महामारी की कामना करनेवाले चिकित्सक के समान होती है।

प्रश्न 4.
‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ कविता का मुख्य भाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
“कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ रघुवीर सहाय विरचित ‘लोग भूल गए हैं’ काव्य-संग्रह से ली गई है। इसमें कवि ने शारीरिक चुनौती को झेलते लोगों के प्रति संवेदनशील दृष्टिकोण अपनाने की प्रेरणा दी है। इसमें यह भी स्पष्ट किया गया है कि कैमरे के सामने अपने कार्यक्रम को सफल बनाने हेतु ऐसे लोगों से बेतुके सवाल पूछे जाते हैं कि इसमें कवि ने एक तरह से पीड़ा के साथ दृश्य-संचार माध्यम के संबंध को रेखांकित किया है जो दिखाता है कि किस तरह करुणा जगाने के मकसद से शुरू हुआ कार्यक्रम किस तरह क्रूर बन जाता है। यह कविता ऐसे लोगों की तरफ संकेत करती है जो अपने दुख-दर्द, वेदना-यातना को बेचना चाहते हैं।

प्रश्न 5.
इस कविता की बिंब-योजना पर प्रकाश डालिए।
उत्तर
यह कविता रघुवीर सहाय द्वारा रचित है। इसकी बिंब-योजना सार्थक एवं सटीक है। इसमें कवि ने दृश्य-श्रव्य बिंबों को अपनाया है। उनके बिंब सामाजिक चेतना से युक्त हैं जो सरलता एवं स्पष्टता से समन्वित हैं।

प्रश्न 6.
अपाहिज कैमरे के सामने क्यों रो पड़ता है?
उत्तर
अपाहिज कैमरे के सामने इसलिए रो पड़ता है क्योंकि संचार माध्यमवाले लोग उसकी भावनाओं एवं संवेदनाओं के साथ खिलवाड़ करते हैं। कारोबारी दबाव के कारण उनका रवैया संवेदनहीन बन जाता है, जिससे उनका कार्यक्रम रोचक एवं प्रभावशाली बन सके। इस उद्देश्य के लिए वे मानवता को भी तार-तार कर देते हैं।

प्रश्न 7.
संचार माध्यम किन्हें एक साथ रुलाना चाहता है और क्यों?
उत्तर
संचार माध्यम अपाहिज एवं दर्शकों को एक साथ रुलाना चाहता है। वह ऐसा इसलिए चाहता है ताकि उसका कार्यक्रम अत्यंत रोचक, प्रभावशाली एवं सफल बन सके। उसकी इच्छित धन-पिपासा शांत हो सके। उसका अहं पूर्ण हो जाए।

प्रश्न 8.
‘हम दूरदर्शन पर बोलेंगे
हम समर्थ शक्तिवान
हम एक दुर्बल को लाएँगे
एक बंद कमरे में इस काव्यांश का भाव-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
भाव-सौंदर्य-यह अवतरण ‘रघुवीर सहाय’ द्वारा ‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ नामक कविता से अवतरित है। इसमें कवि ने टेलीविजन कैमरे के सामने अपने कार्यक्रम को सफल बनाने के लिए शारीरिक अपंग मनुष्य के प्रति संवेदनशील भाव को प्रकट किया है। हम दर्शकों के सामने दूरदर्शन पर स्वयं को समर्थ एवं शक्तिशाली बताएँगे। अपना गौरवगान स्वयं करेंगे ताकि हमारा कार्यक्रम अधिक सफल बन सके। इसीलिए किसी कमजोर, असहाय व्यक्ति को हम एक बंद कमरे में कैमरे के साथ प्रस्तुत करेंगे।

काव्य-सौंदर्य-इस अवतरण में रघुवीर सहाय ने टेलीविजन कैमरे के सामने किसी अपंग मनुष्य के प्रति संवेदनशील रवैये का चित्रण किया है। भाषा सरल एवं स्पष्ट है। तत्सम एवं तद्भव शब्दावली है। शैली मर्मस्पर्शी एवं भावपूर्ण है। करुण रस है। प्रसाद-गुण संपन्न है। अभिधात्मकता का समावेश है। अनुप्रास एवं पदमैत्री अलंकारों का प्रयोग है।

सप्रसंग व्याख्या, अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

1. हम दूरदर्शन पर बोलेंगे
हम समर्थ शक्तिवान
हम एक दुर्बल को लाएँगे
एक बंद कमरे में
उससे पूछेगे तो आप क्या अपाहिज?
तो आप क्यों अपाहिज हैं?
आपका अपाहिजपन तो दुख देता होगा
देता है?
(कैमरा दिखाओ इसे बड़ा-बड़ा)
हाँ तो बताइए आपका दुख क्या है
जल्दी बताइए वह दुख बताइए
बता नहीं पाएगा

शब्दार्थ : दुर्बल-कमजोर। अपाहिज-शारीरिक रूप से कमजोर।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत काव्यांश हमारी पाठ्य-पुस्तक ‘आरोह भाग-2’ में संकलित, रघुवीर सहाय द्वारा रचित कविता ‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ से अवतरित है। इसमें कवि ने एक ऐसे शारीरिक रूप से कमजोर व्यक्ति का चित्रण किया है जिससे टेलीविज़न कैमरे के सामने कार्यक्रम को सफल बनाने के लिए अनेक प्रकार के सवाल पूछे जाएंगे।

व्याख्या : कवि का कथन है कि हम टेलीविज़न पर अपने को समर्थ शक्तिवान बताएँगे तथा अपने कार्यक्रम को सफल बनाने के लिए कैमरे के सामने एक अपाहिज व्यक्ति को लाएँगे। उसे एक बंद कमरे में बिठाकर उससे अनेक प्रकार के प्रश्न पूछेगे। हम उससे पूछेगे कि क्या आप अपाहिज हैं ? यदि हैं तो क्यों हैं? आपकी शारीरिक कमजोरी आपको कष्ट देती होगी। तो आपको यह कमजोरी दुःख देती है,

फिर उसके समक्ष अपने कैमरे को बढ़ा करके दिखाते हैं ताकि उसे बड़ा दिखाया जा सके। फिर इसी तरह उससे पूछेगे कि आप हमें अपना दुख बताएँ, जल्दी बताएँ। कवि कहता है कि इस प्रकार टेलीविज़न कैमरे के सामने शारीरिक दुर्बलता से युक्त व्यक्ति से अनेक प्रश्न पूछे जाएंगे लेकिन वह अपने दुखों को बता नहीं पाएगा। वह अपनी संवेदना को इनके समक्ष नहीं रख पाएगा।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. हम दूरदर्शन पर क्या बोलेंगे?
2. इस काव्यांश में निहित व्यंग्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
3. हम कैमरे के सामने अपाहिज से क्या प्रश्न पूछेगे?
4. अपाहिज क्या नहीं बता पाएगा?
5. उपर्युक्त काव्यांश के काव्य-सौंदर्य को स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. हम दूरदर्शन पर बोलेंगे कि हम समर्थ और शक्तिवान हैं।
2. इस काव्यांश में कवि ने सिनेमा जगत तथा उन असमर्थ व्यक्तियों पर व्यंग्य किया है जो अपनी दिव्यांगता को बेचना चाहते हैं।
3. हम कैमरे के सामने अपाहिज से यह प्रश्न पूछेगे

  • आप कैसे अपाहिज हुए?
  • क्या आपका अपाहिजपन आपको दुख देता है ?

4. अपाहिज व्यक्ति अपने दुख को नहीं बता पाएगा। वह अपनी संवेदना को इनके समक्ष नही रख पाएगा।
5. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि ने शारीरिक रूप से दुर्बल व्यक्ति के प्रति संवेदना व्यक्त की है।
  • खड़ी बोली का प्रयोग किया गया है। भाषा सरल, सरस है।
  • तत्सम, तद्भव और विदेशी शब्दों का प्रयोग है।
  • अनुप्रास, पदमैत्री एवं स्वरमैत्री अलंकारों की छटा है।
  • बिंब योजना अत्यंत सार्थक है।
  • मुक्तक छंद का प्रयोग हुआ है।

2. सोचिए
बताइए
आपको अपाहिज होकर कैसा लगता है
कैसा
यानी कैसा लगता है
(हम खुद इशारे से बताएंगे कि क्या ऐसा?)
सोचिए
बताइए
थोड़ी कोशिश करिए
(यह अवसर खो देंगे?)
आप जानते हैं कि कार्यक्रम रोचक बनाने के वास्ते
हम पूछ-पूछकर उसको रुला देंगे
इंतजार करते हैं आप भी उसके रो पड़ने का
करते हैं?
यह प्रश्न पूछा नहीं जाएगा।

शब्दार्थ : अपाहिज-शारीरिक रूप से दुर्बल। कोशिश-प्रयास। वास्ते-के लिए। खुद-स्वयं, अपने आप। रोचक-मज़ेदार। इंतजार-प्रतीक्षा।

प्रसंग : इंतज़ार-प्रतीक्षा। यह पद्यांश ‘आरोह भाग-2′ में संकलित ‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ कविता से लिया गया है। इसके कवि रघुवीर सहाय हैं जो समकालीन हिंदी कविता के प्रसिद्ध कवि हैं। इस पद्यांश में कवि ने उन शारीरिक रूप से कमजोर व्यक्तियों के प्रति गहन संवेदना व्यक्त की है जिनसे टेलीविज़न-कैमरे के समक्ष दूरदर्शनवाले अनेक प्रश्न करते हैं।

व्याख्या : कवि कहता है कि टेलीविज़न कैमरे के सामने अपाहिज व्यक्ति से पूछेगे कि ज़रा सोचकर बताइए कि उसे एक अपाहिज होकर कैसा लगता है, वह कैसा महसूस करता है। बार-बार पूछकर हम कैमरेवाले इशारे करके उसको अपाहिज होकर बताते हैं कि उसे ऐसा लगता है। बार-बार हम उस अपाहिज से ऐसे ही सवाल करते हैं। बार-बार कोशिश करने की सिफारिश करते हैं कि वह हमें सोचकर बताए कि उसे अपाहिज या शारीरिक रूप से दुर्बल होकर कैसा लगता है या वह कैसा महसूस करता है।

कवि दूरदर्शनवालों पर कटाक्ष करते हुए कहते हैं कि हम टेलीविज़न-कैमरेवाले ऐसे अपाहिज की भावनाओं को नहीं समझते और हम अपने कार्यक्रम को अत्यधिक मनोरंजनपूर्ण या चुटीला बनाने के लिए बार-बार अपाहिज व्यक्ति से प्रश्न पूछ-पूछकर उसे रुला देते हैं और फिर दर्शकगण भी मनोरंजन करने के लिए उस अपाहिज व्यक्ति के रोने की प्रतीक्षा करते हैं। कवि का कथन है कि आपसे यह प्रश्न नहीं पूछा जाएगा कि आप उसके रो पड़ने का इंतजार क्यों करते हैं ?

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. हम अपाहिज व्यक्ति को किसलिए रुला देते हैं?
2. अपाहिज से कौन-सा प्रश्न पूछा नहीं जाएगा?
3. ‘यह अवसर खो देंगे?’ इस पंक्ति में निहित भाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
4. इस काव्यांश के कवि तथा कविता का नाम बताइए।
5. इस काव्यांश का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. हम अपने कार्यक्रम रोचक को बनाने के लिए अपाहिज व्यक्ति से प्रश्न पूछ-पूछकर उसे रुला देते हैं।
2. अपाहिज से यह प्रश्न पूछा नहीं जाएगा कि क्या दर्शक भी उसके रोने का इंतजार करते हैं।
3. इस पंक्ति का भाव है कि सिनेमा-जगत अपनी स्वार्थपूर्ति के लिए किसी अपाहिज को अपने कैमरे के सामने प्रस्तुत करता है तथा बार बार उससे अनेक संवेदनशील प्रश्न पूछता है। उसे अवसर खोने का डर दिखाकर उसकी आत्मा को दर्शकों के सामने खोलने का प्रयास करते हैं।
4. इस काव्यांश के कवि रघुवीर सहाय जी हैं तथा कविता का नाम ‘कैमरे में बंद अपाहिज’ है।

Class 12 Hindi Important Questions Aroh Chapter 3 कविता के बहाने, बात सीधी थी पर

Here we are providing Class 12 Hindi Important Extra Questions and Answers Aroh Chapter 3 कविता के बहाने, बात सीधी थी पर. Important Questions for Class 12 Hindi are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

कविता के बहाने, बात सीधी थी पर Class 12 Important Extra Questions Hindi Aroh Chapter 3

प्रश्न 1.
कविता में कौन-कौन से उपकरण विद्यमान हैं?
उत्तर
कविता में जड़-चेतन के वे सभी उपकरण विद्यमान हैं जो अतीत, वर्तमान और भविष्य को आपस में जोड़ते हैं। इन्हीं से मनुष्य की अपार संभावनाएँ प्रकट होती हैं।

प्रश्न 2.
‘बात सीधी थी पर’ कविता में निहित संदेश स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
‘बात सीधी थी पर’ कविता के माध्यम से कवि कुँवर नारायण ने उन रचनाकारों पर व्यंग्य किया है जो अपनी भावनाओं को अभिव्यक्ति प्रदान करने के लिए भाषा के साथ खिलवाड़ करते हैं। वे अपनी रचना में शब्दों का जाल रचकर पाठकों को भ्रमित करते हैं तथा आडंबरपूर्ण शब्द-योजना से उनकी वाह-वाही लूटते हैं, चाहे उनकी रचना का कथ्य पाठकों अथवा श्रोताओं की समझ में आया हो या नहीं।

कवि चाहता है कि रचनाकार को अपनी बात अत्यंत सहज तथा स्पष्ट शब्दों में कहनी चाहिए। कथ्य और भाषा का सही सामंजस्य बना रहना चाहिए, जिससे पाठक अथवा श्रोता तक उसकी बात सहज रूप से पहुँच सके।

प्रश्न 3.
कवि के अनुसार कोई बात पेचीदा कैसे हो जाती है? (C.B.S.E.Delhi 2017 Set-I)
उत्तर
कवि का मानना है कि जब अपनी बात को सहज और स्पष्ट रूप से न कह कर तोड़-मरोड़, उलट-पुलट अथवा घुमा-फिरा कर _कहते हैं तो कही हुई बात उलझती चली जाती है। ऐसी उलझन-भरी बात श्रोता अथवा पाठक समझ नहीं पाता। वह सोचता ही रह जाता है कि कहने वाला कह क्या रहा था? इस प्रकार की उलझी हुई बात प्रभावहीन हो जाती है।

प्रश्न 4.
बात ने, जो एक शरारती बच्चे की तरह
मुझसे खेल रही थी,
मुझे पसीना पोंछते देखकर पूछा
“क्या तुमने भाषा को
सहूलियत से बरतना कभी नहीं सीखा ?” इन पंक्तियों का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
इन पंक्तियों में कवि ने बात का मानवीकरण किया है। कवि काव्य-रचना में भाषा के सहज तथा प्रभावशाली प्रयोग पर बल दे रहा है। खड़ी बोली में रचित इन पंक्तियों की भाषा विदेशी, देशज तथा तद्भव शब्दों से युक्त है। छंद-मुक्त रचना है। मुहावरे का सहज रूप से प्रभावशाली प्रयोग किया गया है। अनुप्रास, मानवीकरण, उत्प्रेक्षा आदि अलंकार हैं। लाक्षणिकता एवं बिंब-विधान ने कथन को सुंदरता प्रदान की है।

प्रश्न 5.
कविता एक खिलना है फूलों के बहाने
कविता का खिलना भला फूल क्या जाने।
बाहर भीतर
इस घर, उस घर
बिना मुरझाए महकने के माने
फल क्या जाने? अवतरण का भाव सौंदर्य एवं काव्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
भाव सौंदर्य-यह अवतरण कुँवर नारायण विरचित ‘कविता के बहाने’ नामक कविता से अवतरित है। इसमें कवि ने बताया है कि फूल के खिलने के साथ-साथ उसकी परिणाति भी सुनिश्चित है क्योंकि फूल कुछ समय खिलने के पश्चात मुरझा अवश्य ही जाता है, जबकि कविता यहाँ-वहाँ सब ओर खिलकर अपनी शोभा बिखेरती रहती है और वह कभी मुरझाती नहीं। काव्य-सौंदर्य प्रस्तुत अवतरण में कुँवर नारायण के फूल के विकास के साथ उसकी परिणाति का चित्रण किया है।

  • भाषा सरल, सरस एवं भावपूर्ण है।
  • तद्भव शब्दावली की अधिकता है।
  • मुक्तक छंद का प्रयोग है।
  • प्रसाद गुण एवं शांत रस है।
  • अनुप्रास एवं उपमा अलंकार हैं।
  • शैली सुरुचिपूर्ण एवं चित्रात्मक है।

प्रश्न 6.
‘कविता के बहाने’ कविता का केद्रीय भाव स्पष्ट करें।
उत्तर
कविता के बहाने’ कुँवर नारायण के ‘इन दिनों’ संग्रह से ली गई है। कविता के बहाने कविता में कवि ने चिड़िया तथा फूल से लेकर बच्चे तक की यात्रा है। एक तरफ प्रकृति है तो दूसरी तरफ भविष्य की ओर कदम बढ़ाता हुआ बच्चा है। यह स्पष्ट है कि चिड़िया के उड़ान की एक सीमा है।

फूल के खिलने के साथ ही उसकी परिणति निश्चित है लेकिन बच्चे के सपने असीम हैं। बच्चों के खेल में किसी भी प्रकार की सीमा का कोई स्थान नहीं है। कविता भी शब्दों का एक खेल है जिसमें जड़-चेतन, अतीत, वर्तमान और भविष्य साधन मात्र हैं। अत: जहाँ कहीं रचनात्मक ऊर्जा होती है वहाँ सीमाओं के बंधन स्वयं ही टूट जाते हैं।

प्रश्न 7.
बच्चा सब घर एक कैसे कर देता है?
उत्तर
बच्चा अत्यंत कोमल, निचेष्ट एवं चंचल होता है। उसे अपना-पराया, ईर्ष्या-द्वेष, अहं आदि का बोध नहीं होता। वह केवल अपनी मस्ती में मदमस्त होकर यहाँ-वहाँ खेलता रहता है। उसके खेल के सामने किसी भी घर की कोई सीमा बाधा उत्पन्न नहीं करती और वह सभी के आँगन को अपनी चंचलता एवं उमंग से देता है। इस प्रकार बच्चा अपने खेल एवं बाल क्रीड़ाओं से सब घर एक कर देता है।

प्रश्न 8.
कवि किस पाने का प्रयास कर रहा था और क्यों?
उत्तर
कवि सरल एवं स्पष्ट बात को कठिन एवं पचोदी भाषा के चंगुल से बाहर निकालकर उसे पुराने रूप में पाने का प्रयास कर रहा था। वह बात सरल एवं सीधी होने पर भी कठिन भाषा के चक्कर में टेढ़ी होकर फँस गई थी।

प्रश्न 9.
कवि किसकी वाह-वाही में डूब गया था? उसका क्या प्रभाव हुआ?
उत्तर
कवि तमाशबीनों की वाह-वाही में डूब गया था? उसके प्रभाव से कवि द्वंद्व में पड़ गया और उसने मुश्किल भरे धैर्य से समझे बिना ही बात को सहज और स्पष्ट करने की अपेक्षा कठिन क्ष के चक्कर में ही उलझा दिया। अंत में वह सरल, सीधी बात प्रभावहीन एवं अर्थहीन हो गई।

प्रश्न 10.
कवि के साथ बात किसके समान खेल रही थी? उसने कवि पर क्या व्यंग्य किया?
उत्तर
बात कवि के साथ एक नटखट एवं शरारती बच्चे के समान खेल रही थी। उसने कवि पर व्यंग्य करते हुए कहा कि आपको भाषा का सहज एवं सरल रूप से प्रयोग करना नहीं आता।

प्रश्न 11.
कविता के लिए शब्दों का संबंध किससे और कैसे है?
उत्तर
कविता के लिए शब्दों का संबंध सारे जड़-चेतन से है। यह अतीत, वर्तमान और भविष्य से जुड़ी हुई है। इसकी व्यापकता अपार है। इसकी कोई समय सीमा नहीं है। यह किसी बंधन में नहीं बँधती। इसके लिए न तो समय का बंधन है न तो भाषा का कोई बंधन है।

प्रश्न 12.
कविता का खिलना फलों के खिलने स श्रेष्ठ कैसे है?
उत्तर
कविता का खिलना फूल के खिलने का बहाना तो हो सकता है, पर फूल का खिलना कविता जैसी नहीं हो सकता। फूल खिलता है किंतु कुछ समय पश्चात वह मुरझा जाता है लेकिन कविता तो भावों की महक के लिए रहती है और बिना मुरझाए सदा प्रभाव डालती रहती है।

प्रश्न 13.
कवि ने ‘कविता के बहाने’ कविता को किसके समान और क्यों माना है?
उत्तर
कवि ने कविता को बच्चों के खेल के समान माना है। कविता की अपनी कोई सीमा नहीं होती है। इसी प्रकार बच्चों के खेल और सपनों की भी कोई सीमा नहीं होती है। वे अपने भावी जीवन की ओर उड़ान भरते हैं। कविता भी शब्दों का ऐसा अनूठा खेल है, जिस पर किसी का कोई बंधन नहीं है।

प्रश्न 14.
कवि ने कविता की तुलना फूलों से न करने की बात क्यों कही है?
उत्तर
फूल खिलते हैं, कुछ देर में मुरझा भी जाते हैं अर्थात वे सूखकर मिट जाते हैं, जबकि कविता में व्यप्त मधुर भाव कभी समाप्त नहीं होते। वे मधुर भाव तो सब जगह व्याप्त रहते हैं। वे सभी के हृदय में जीवन जीने की चाह उत्पन्न करते हैं। फूलों की महक और सुंदरता की तुलना किसी भी प्रकार की कविता से नहीं जा सकती।

प्रश्न 15.
‘कविता के बहाने’ कविता का प्रतिपाद्य लिखिए।
उत्तर
‘कविता के बहाने’ कुँवर नारायण की एक उद्देश्यपूर्ण कविता है। वैसे तो कुँवर की यह कविता एक यात्रा है जो चिड़िया, फूल एवं बालकों के खेल तक जाती है। कवि ने एक ओर जहाँ चिड़िया की उड़ान की सीमा को निश्चित माना है, फूलों की सुगंध एक समय सीमा तक मानी है, वहीं दूसरी ओर कविता में व्याप्त भावों की गति को अत्यंत व्यापक बताया है।
कवि के अनुसार कविता अपनी रचनात्मक ऊर्जा से घर, समय, भाषा एवं स्थान की सभी सीमाओं का तोड़ देने की प्रबल क्षमता रखती है।

प्रश्न 16.
कवि ने कविता और बच्चों में क्या समानता बताई है?
अथवा
‘कविता के बहाने’ कविता में कविता और बच्चे को समानांतर रखने के क्या कारण हो सकते हैं? (C.B.S.E. 2018)
उत्तर
कवि ने कविता और बच्चों में समानता बताई है कि कविता और बच्चे दोनों ही ऊँच-नीच, छोटे-बड़े, अपने-पराए, जात-पात आदि का भेदभाव नहीं जानते। ये दोनों सभी के हृदय में प्रेम-भाव समान रूप से उजागर करते हैं। कविता के भाव और बालकों के खेल अपनी ओर सभी को आकर्षित कर लेते हैं।

प्रश्न 17.
‘बात सीधी थी पर’ कविता में कवि ने मुख्य रूप से क्या कहना चाहा है?
उत्तर
‘बात सीधी थी पर’ कविता में कवि में कवि ने कथ्य और माध्यम के द्वंद्व को प्रस्तुत करते हुए कथ्य को स्पष्ट करने के लिए आडंबरपूर्ण शब्दावली के स्थान पर भाषा के सहज प्रयोग पर बल दिया है।

प्रश्न 18.
कवि कुंवर नारायण की भाषा-शैली पर प्रकाश डालिए।
उत्तर
कवि ने ‘कविता के बहाने’ और ‘बात सीधी थी पर’ अपनी इन दोनों कविताओं में सामान्य बोलचाल की भाषा खड़ी बोली का सहज प्रयोग किया है। कवि ने अपनी दोनों कविताओं में तत्सम, तद्भव-युक्त शब्दावली का प्रयोग किया है।

कवि ने प्रसाद गुण का सहज स्वभाविक प्रयोग किया है। इसी कारण उनकी भाषा सरल, सहज एवं भावानुकूल बन पड़ी है। कवि ने दोनों ही कविताओं को छंद-रहित लिखा है। प्रतीकात्मकता एवं व्यंजनात्मकता सर्वत्र विद्यमान है। कवि ने दोनों ही कविताओं को उपदेशात्मक शैली में लिखा है।

प्रश्न 19.
कविता ‘बात सीधी थी पर’ में कवि की बात कहाँ और कैसे फंस गई?
उत्तर
‘बात सीधी थी पर’ कुँवर नारायण की एक उद्देश्यपूर्ण कविता है। कवि ने अपनी इस कविता में अपनी सीधी, सरल एवं आसान बात को प्रकट करके सभी लोगों से प्रशंसा पानी चाही है। लेकिन प्रशंसा पाने के चक्कर में उसे शब्दों का झूठा जाल भी बुनना पड़ा, जिस जाल में वह स्वयं फंसता चला गया। इसी कारण वह अपनी बात को कहने के लिए बनाए गए शब्द-जाल में फंस कर रह गया।

सप्रसंग व्याख्या, अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

1. कविता एक उड़ान है चिड़िया के बहाने
कविता की उड़ान भला चिड़िया क्या जाने
बाहर भीतर
इस घर, उस घर
कविता के पंख लगा उड़ने के माने
चिडिया क्या जाने? (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper) (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi, 2013, Set-1)

शब्दार्थ : माने-मायने, अर्थ।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत पंक्तियाँ आरोह भाग-2 में संकलित कविता ‘कविता के बहाने’ से ली गई हैं जिसके रचयिता श्री कुँवर नारायण हैं। कविता को मन की उड़ान स्वीकार किया जाता है। कोई चिड़िया भी उड़ती है पर चिड़िया और कविता की उड़ान एकसमान नहीं है। इन दोनों में बहुत बड़ा अंतर है।

व्याख्या : कवि कहता है कि कविता एक उड़ान है। वह किसी चिड़िया की उड़ान के बहाने व्यक्त तो हो सकती है लेकिन कविता में निहित भावों की उड़ान में जो गुण और व्यापकता विद्यमान है, वह भला चिड़िया की सीमित उड़ान में कैसे संभव हो सकती है।

चिड़िया तो एक घर से दूसरे घर, बाहर से भीतर या भीतर से बाहर ही उड़ान भरती है। उसकी उड़ान की सीमा बँधी रहती है लेकिन कवि के मन में उत्पन्न होने वाले भावों की कोई सीमा नहीं है। भावों के पंख तो असीम दूरी तथा अनंत ऊँचाई तक उड़ान भर सकते हैं। कविता के द्वारा पंख लगाकर उड़ने का अर्थ तो किसी भी सीमा में न बँधना है। भला एक चिड़िया क्या जाने कि कविता की उड़ान में कितनी व्यापकता है।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. इस अवतरण के कवि तथा कविता का नाम लिखिए।
2. ‘कविता एक उड़ान है’ पंक्ति में निहित भाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
3. कविता पंख लगाकर कहाँ-कहाँ उड़ सकती है?
4. ‘चिड़िया क्या जाने?’ में निहित व्यंग्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
5. इस अवतरण का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
6. कविता की तुलना चिड़िया से क्यों की गई है? (Delhi C.B.S.E. 2016)
7. चिड़िया कविता की उड़ान को क्यों नहीं समझ सकती?
उत्तर
1. इस अवतरण के कवि का नाम श्री कुँवर नारायण तथा कविता का नाम ‘कविता के बहाने’ है।
2. इस पंक्ति का भाव यह है कि कविता एक उड़ान की तरह समकालीन समाज का यथार्थ चित्रण करने के लिए अपनी उड़ान भरती रहती है।
3. कविता पंख लगाकर आंतरिक मन, बाह्य समाज, परिदृश्य तथा इस घर से उस घर तक उड़ सकती है।
4. कवि का कथन है कि जो उड़ान कविता भर सकती है तथा जिस स्थान पर वह जा सकती है, उस स्थान पर चिड़िया कभी नहीं जा
5. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि ने कविता में अपार संभावनाओं को प्रकट किया है। कवि की कल्पना सीमा-रहित हो सकती है। तभी तो कहा जाता है-जहाँ न पहुँचे रवि, वहाँ पहुँचे कवि।
  • मुक्त छंद का प्रयोग है पर कवि ने तुक का प्रयोग कर लय उत्पन्न करने का प्रयत्न किया है।
  • प्रश्न शैली ने नाटकीयता की सृष्टि की है।
  • खड़ी बोली का प्रयोग है जिसमें तद्भव शब्दावली की अधिकता है।
  • प्रसाद गुण की प्रधानता है।
  • शांत रस विद्यमान है।
  • लाक्षणिकता के प्रयोग ने कवि के कथन को गहनता प्रदान की है।
  • अनुप्रास और मानवीकरण अलंकारों का सहज प्रयोग किया गया है।

6. कविता की तुलना चिड़िया से इसलिए की गई है क्योंकि कविता और चिड़िया में कुछ-न-कुछ समानता होती है। चिड़िया हवा में उड़ान भरती है और कविता कवि की कल्पना में उड़ान भरती है। उड़ती चिड़िया आँखों को लुभाती है और सुनाई गई कविता इनसानी मन-मस्तिष्क को अच्छी लगती है।
7. चिड़िया कविता की उड़ान को इसलिए नहीं समझ सकती क्योंकि चिड़िया की उड़ान सीमित होती है।

2. कविता एक खिलना है फूलों के बहाने
कविता का खिलना भला फूल क्या जाने के
बाहर भीतर
इस घर, उस घर
बिना मुरझाए महकने के माने
फूल क्या जाने? (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper)

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत पंक्तियाँ हमारी पाठ्य-पुस्तक आरोह भाग-2 में संकलित ‘कविता के बहाने’ से ली गई हैं जिसके रचयिता श्री कुंवर नारायण हैं। कवि का मानना है कि कविता का विषय चाहे कोई हो, पर कविता हर विषय से बढ़कर होती है। कविता में चाहे फूलों के खिलने का वर्णन हो पर कविता तो उससे बढ़कर ही होती है।

व्याख्या : कवि कहता है किसी कविता में सुंदर फूलों के खिलने का वर्णन हो सकता है, उनकी शोभा का उल्लेख हो सकता है पर वास्तव में कविता की सुंदरता को फूलों का खिलना नहीं समझा जा सकता। फूल खिलते हैं, कुछ देर महकते हैं और फिर मुरझा जाते हैं। वे सूख कर मिट जाते हैं पर कविता के मधुर भाव तो कभी नहीं मुरझाते।

वे मधुर भाव तो बाहर-भीतर, इस घर में, उस घर में, सब जगह व्याप्त रहते हैं। सब के हृदय में जीने की चाह उत्पन्न करते हैं। फूलों की महक और सुंदरता की तुलना किसी भी प्रकार कविता से नहीं की जा सकती।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. कविता क्या है?
2. फूल क्या नहीं जानता?
3. उपर्युक्त पद्यांश का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
4. कविता के खिलने और फूलों के खिलने में क्या साम्य-वैषम्य है? (Delhi C.B.S.E. 2016)
5. काव्यांश के आधार पर कविता के दो लक्षणों को स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. कविता की रचना ठीक वैसे ही जैसे फूलों का खिलना।
2. फूल कविता का खिलना नहीं जानता। उसे हर जगह कविता की तरह प्रवेश करना तथा बिना मुरझाए महकना नहीं आता।
3. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि ने कविता की व्यापकता और महत्व का प्रतीकात्मक प्रस्तुतीकरण किया है।
  • मक्त छंद का प्रयोग है। कवि ने तक का प्रयोग किया है।
  • अनुप्रास और मानवीकरण अलंकारों का सहज-स्वाभाविक प्रयोग किया गया है।
  • प्रसाद गुण विद्यमान है।
  • लाक्षणिकता ने भावों को गहनता प्रदान की है।
  • शांत रस है।
  • खड़ी बोली के प्रयोग में तद्भव शब्दावली की अधिकता है।
  • प्रश्न-शैली ने नाटकीयता की सृष्टि की है।

4. कविता का खिलना असीमित होता है। कविता एक बार खिलकर बिना मुरझाए सदैव महकती है जबकि फूल का खिलना सीमित है। यह सूर्योदय के समय खिलता और सूर्यास्त के समय मुरझा जाता है।

5. कविता की उड़ान असीमित होती है। कविता बिना मुरझाए महकती रहती है।

3. कविता एक खेल है बच्चों के बहाने
बाहर भीतर
यह घर, वह घर सब घर एक कर देने के माने
बच्चा ही जाने। (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper)

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत अवतरण श्री कुँवर नारायण द्वारा रचित कविता ‘कविता के बहाने’ से अवतरित किया गया है जिसे हमारी पाठ्य-पुस्तक आरोह भाग-2 में संकलित किया गया है। कविता की रचना कवि के हृदय की कोमल पुकार होती है। वह अपने आप में एक नया संसार होता है। वह छोटे बच्चों के खेल की तरह होती है जो किसी बंधन में बंधी हुई नहीं होती। उसका संबंध तो सबसे होता है, हर काल से होता है, हर स्थान से होता है।

व्याख्या : कवि कहता है कि कविता को किसी बहाने की आवश्यकता नहीं होती। वह तो बच्चों के खेल की तरह है जो कभी भी, कहीं भी, किसी भी स्थान पर प्रकट हो जाती है। बच्चे अपने खेल में मग्न हो बाहर-भीतर की परवाह नहीं करते। वे इस घर से उस घर में, हर घर में अपने खेल का स्थान ढूँढ़ लेते हैं, उसी प्रकार कविता अतीत के, वर्तमान के, भविष्य के प्रसंगों को प्रकट कर लेती है।

वह हर समय के भावों को व्यक्त कर लेती है। कविता की रचनात्मकता में तो अपूर्व ऊर्जा छिपी हुई है। वह किसी भी बंधन में बँधती नहीं है। वह बच्चों के खेल की तरह बेपरवाह है। वह बच्चे के खेल की तरह किसी एक स्थान से बँधी हुई नहीं है।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. कविता क्या है?
2. सभी घरों को एक समान करने के बहाने कौन जानता है?
3. इस काव्यांश के कवि तथा कविता का नाम बताएँ।
4. उपर्युक्त काव्यांश का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. कविता एक खेल है।
2. सभी घरों को एक समान करने के बहाने बच्चा ही जानता है।
3. इस काव्यांश के कवि का नाम श्री कुँवर नारायण है। इस काव्यांश की कविता का नाम ‘कविता के बहाने’ है।
4. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि ने कविता की रचनात्मक व्यापकता को प्रकट किया है जो किसी भी सीमा में बँधकर नहीं रहती।
  • खड़ी बोली का प्रयोग किया गया है जिसमें सामान्य बोल-चाल के शब्दों की अधिकता है।
  • प्रसाद गुण है।
  • लक्षणा शब्द-शक्ति ने कवि के कथन को गहनता-गंभीरता प्रदान की है।
  • प्रतीकात्मकता विद्यमान है।
  • अनुप्रास का प्रयोग है।
  • मुक्त छंद का प्रयोग है पर कवि ने लयात्मकता हेतु तुक का प्रयोग भी किया है।
  • शांत रस है।

4. बात सीधी थी पर एक बार
भाषा के चक्कर में
ज़रा टेढ़ी फंस गई।
उसे पाने की कोशिश में
भाषा को उलटा-पलटा
तोड़ा मरोड़ा घमाया फिराया
कि बात या तो बने
या फिर भाषा से बाहर आए
लेकिन इससे भाषा के साथ-साथ
बात और भी पेचीदा होती चली गई। (C.B.S.E. Delhi 2008,C.B.S.E. Sample Paper-1, 2010 Set-1, 2011 Set-III)

शब्दार्थ : सीधी-सरल, सहज। पेचीदा-कठिन, मुश्किल।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत पंक्तियाँ कुँवर नारायण द्वारा रचित कविता ‘बात सीधी थी पर’ से ली गई हैं। इस कविता में कवि ने कथ्य और माध्यम के वंद्व को प्रस्तुत करते हुए भाषा के सहज प्रयोग पर बल दिया है।

व्याख्या : कवि कहता है कि जब भी कवि अपनी सीधी-सादी भावनाओं को व्यक्त करना चाहता है तो भाषा के चक्कर में फंसकर वह अपनी बात को सहज रूप से कह नहीं पाता जिससे उसकी बात बिगड़ जाती है। वह फिर से कोशिश करता है और भाषा के नए-नए शब्दों को उलट-पुलट और तोड़-मरोड़ कर प्रयोग करता है अर्थात भाषा में अनेक प्रकार के परिवर्तन करता है कि किसी प्रकार से उसकी बात बन जाए परंतु भाषा के आडंबरपूर्ण प्रयोगों से उसकी बात स्पष्ट न होकर और अधिक उलझती गई तथा उसे समझना और भी अधिक कठिन हो गया। वह कथ्य को जितना अधिक सहज बनाना चाहता था, भाषा के जाल में उलझ कर वह और भी अधिक असहज हो गई।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. बात किसके चक्कर में कैसे फैंस गई?
2. यहाँ कवि किसको पाने की कोशिश करता है?
3. बात को प्राप्त करने के लिए कवि को क्या करना पड़ा?
4. बात बाहर निकलने की बजाय कैसी हो गई?
5. इस काव्यांश का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. बात भाषा के चक्कर में टेढ़ी फँस गई।
2. यहाँ कवि टेढ़ी फँसी हुई बात को पुनः पाने की कोशिश करता है।
3. बात को प्राप्त करने के लिए कवि ने भाषा को उलटा-पलटा, उसे तोड़ा-मरोड़ा तथा अनेक तरह से घुमाया-फिराया।
4. बात बाहर निकलने की अपेक्षा और अधिक पेचीदा हो गई।
5. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि का मानना है कि जब कोई रचनाकार अपनी बात को चमत्कारपूर्ण शब्दावली के माध्यम से व्यक्त करना चाहता है तो उसकी बात स्पष्ट होने के स्थान पर और भी अधिक उलझती जाती है।
  • सहज, सरल, व्यावहारिक, प्रवाहमयी भाषा है।
  • अनुप्रास तथा पुनरुक्ति प्रकाश अलंकार है।
  • मुक्त छंद की रचना है।
  • मुहावरे का सहज भाव से प्रयोग किया गया है।
  • लाक्षणिकता का गुण विद्यमान है।

5. सारी मुश्किल को धैर्य से समझे बिना
मैं पेंच को खोलने के बजाए
उसे बेतरह कसता चला जा रहा था
क्योंकि इस करतब पर मुझे
साफ़ सुनाई दे रही थी
तमाशबीनों की शाबाशी और वाह वाह!
आखिरकार वही हुआ जिसका मुझे डर था
जोर जबरदस्ती से बात की चूड़ी मर गई (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper-I)
और वह भाषा में बेकार घूमने लगी।  (A.I. C.B.S.E. 2009, 2010 Set-1, 2011 Set-III, 2012 Set-1)

शब्दार्थ : मुश्किल-कठिनता। बेतरह-अनुचित रूप से। पेंच-ऐसा कौल जिसके आधे भाग पर चूड़ियाँ बनी होती हैं; घुमाव, चक्कर, उलझन। धैर्य-धीरता, चित्त को स्थिर रखना। करतब-कार्य, करामात।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत पंक्तियाँ कुँवर नारायण द्वारा रचित कविता ‘बात सीधी थी पर’ से ली गई हैं। इस कविता में कवि ने कथ्य और माध्यम के वंद्व को प्रस्तुत करते हुए कथ्य को स्पष्ट करने के लिए भाषा के सहज प्रयोग पर बल दिया है।

व्याख्या : कवि कहता है कि वह जब भी कोई बात कहने लगता है शब्द-जाल में उलझकर उसकी बात और भी उलझ जाती है। अपने कथ्य की विभिन्न कठिनाइयों को धीरता से समझे बिना वह उलझन को और अधिक उलझाता जाता है। जैसे कि किसी पेंच को जबरदस्ती कसा जाए और वह ढीली पड़ जाएँ।

मेरे इस प्रकार के भाषा के प्रयोगों पर मुझे सुनने वाले मेरे कथ्य को समझे बिना ही मेरे शब्द-चयन पर ही मुझे शाबाशी देने लगते हैं तथा मेरे शब्दाडंबर की प्रशंसा करने लगते हैं। इससे यही होता है कि जैसे पेंच के साथ ज़बरदस्ती करने से उसकी चूड़ियाँ समाप्त हो जाती हैं, उसी प्रकार से मेरी जो बात है उसका प्रभाव समाप्त हो जाता है और वह मात्र शब्दों का जाल बनकर रह जाती है।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. इस काव्यांश के कवि तथा कविता का नाम बताएँ।
2. कवि क्या करतब कर रहा था?
3. कवि को करतब करते समय कौन लोग और क्या दे रहे थे?
4. कवि के करतब में आखिरकार क्या हुआ? (Delhi C.B.S.E. 2016)
5. उपर्युक्त काव्यांश का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. इस काव्यांश के कवि का नाम श्री कुँवर नारायण है तथा कविता का नाम ‘बात सीधी थी पर’ है।
2. कवि सारी मुश्किलों को समझे बिना पेंच को बेतरह कसता चला जा रहा था।
3. कवि को करतब करते समय तमाशबीन लोग अपनी शाबाशी और वाह-वाही दे रहे थे।
4. कवि के करतब में आखिरकार बात के साथ जोर जबरदस्ती करने से उसकी चूड़ी मर गई और वह भाषा में बेकार घूमने लगी।
5. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि का मानना है कि जब अपनी बात को सहज भाव से व्यक्त नहीं किया जाता तो वह बात प्रभावहीन हो जाती है।
  • भाषा सहज, सरल, तद्भव तथा विदेशी शब्दों से युक्त है।
  • अनुप्रास तथा पुनरुक्ति प्रकाश अलंकार हैं।
  • मुक्त छंद की रचना है।
  • लाक्षणिकता विद्यमान है।
  • बिंब विधान के द्वारा कथन में वक्रता उत्पन्न की गई है।

6. हार कर मैंने उसे कील की तरह
उसी जगह ठोंक दिया।
ऊपर से ठीक ठाक
पर अंदर से
न तो उसमें कसाव था
न ताकत।
बात ने, जो एक शरारती बच्चे की तरह
मुझसे खेल रही थी,
मुझे पसीना पोंछते देखकर
पूछा”क्या तुमने भाषा को
सहूलियत से बरतना कभी नहीं सीखा?” (C.B.S.E. Delhi 2008,A.L.C.B.S.E. 2009, 2011 Set-III, 2012 Set-I,A.L.C.B.S.E. 2016,C.B.S.E.Outside Delhi 2013, Set-1)

शब्दार्थ : कसाव-कसने का भाव, खिचाव, गहराई, गठन। बरतना-व्यवहार में लाना। सहूलियत-सहजता।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत पंक्तियाँ कुँवर नारायण द्वारा रचित कविता ‘बात सीधी थी पर’ से ली गई हैं। इस कविता में कवि ने कथ्य और माध्यम के द्वंद्व को प्रस्तुत करते हुए कथ्य को स्पष्ट करने के लिए आडंबरपूर्ण शब्दावली के स्थान पर भाषा के सहज प्रयोग पर बल दिया है।

व्याख्या : कवि कहता है कि जब उससे उसकी बात स्पष्ट न हो सकी तथा और भी अधिक उलझती गई तो उसने उसे उसी स्थान पर वैसे ही छोड़ दिया जैसे पेंच की चूड़ियाँ मर जाने पर उसे कील की तरह उसी स्थान पर ठोंक दिया जाता है। ऐसी स्थिति में ऊपर से सब कुछ सुंदर और आकर्षक लगता है परंतु उसमें सहज रूप से कसाव और ताकत नहीं आ पाती। आडंबरपूर्ण शब्दावली से वाह-वाही तो मिल जाती है परंतु बात स्पष्ट नहीं हो पाती।

इसलिए जब मैं अपनी बात को स्पष्ट न कर सका तो एक शरारती बच्चे के समान मुझसे खेलने वाली बात ने मुझे पसीना पोंछते देखकर मुझसे पूछा कि क्या मैंने भाषा को सहजता से व्यवहार में लाना नहीं सीखा है? वह जानना चाहता था कि मैं शब्दजाल में फंस कर क्यों अपनी बात को उलझाता गया जबकि सहज, सरल भाषा में अपनी बात कहकर मैं सबको अपनी बात समझा सकता था।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. कवि किससे हार गया और उसने क्या किया?
2. बात का स्वरूप कैसा था?
3. बात कवि के साथ कैसे खेल रही थी?
4. बात ने कवि से क्या पूछा?
5. इस अवतरण के काव्य-सौंदर्य पर प्रकाश डालिए।
6. बात की चूड़ी मरने का भाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
7. ‘बात को कील की तरह ठोंकना’ क्या है? ऐसा क्यों किया जाता है?
8. टिप्पणी कीजिए कि बात और भाषा परस्पर जुड़े होते हैं।
9. भाषा में कसाव न हो तो क्या परिणाम होगा?
उत्तर
1. कवि बात से हार गया। उसने हारकर उसे एक कील के समान उसी जगह ठोंक दिया।
2. बात ऊपर से तो ठीक-ठाक थी लेकिन अंदर से न तो उसमें कसाव था और न ही ताकत थी।
3. बात कवि के साथ एक शरारती बच्चे के समान खेल रही थी।
4. बात ने कवि से यह पूछा कि क्या तुमने भाषा को सहूलियत से बरतना कभी नहीं सीखा।
5. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि का मानना है कि अच्छी कविता की रचना करने के लिए आडंबरपूर्ण शब्दावली को चुनने की आवश्यकता नहीं होती बल्कि सहज भाषा के प्रयोग से ही अच्छी कविता की रचना होती है।
  • भाषा सहज, सरल, भावपूर्ण तथा तद्भव और विदेशी शब्दों से युक्त है।
  • मानवीकरण और अनुप्रास अलंकार हैं।
  • मुक्त छंद की रचना है।
  • लाक्षणिकता का गुण विद्यमान है।
  • आकर्षक बिंब विधान की योजना की गई है।
  • मुहावरों का सहज रूप से प्रभावशाली प्रयोग किया गया है।

6. इस कथन का भाव है-बात का प्रभावहीन हो जाना। बार-बार परिवर्तन से बात प्रभावहीन हो जाती है।
7. बात में कसावट अथवा गंभीरता न होना। ऐसा इसलिए किया जाता है कि बात की कसावट कम हो जाती है।
8. बात को प्रकट करने के लिए भाषा की आवश्यकता पड़ती है। बिना भाषा के बात अधूरी बनकर रह जाती है। इस प्रकार बात और भाषा का अनूठा संबंध है।
9. भाषा में कसाव न हो तो वह आपका उद्देश्य पूर्ण नहीं कर पाएगी वह प्रभावहीन, कमजोर, व्यर्थ और निरर्थक बन जाएगी।

The Story of Indian Democracy Class 12 Important Extra Questions Sociology Chapter 3

Here we are providing Class 12 Sociology Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 3 The Story of Indian Democracy. Sociology Class 12 Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Sociology Chapter 3 Important Extra Questions The Story of Indian Democracy

The Story of Indian Democracy Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Which type of state in India?
Answer:
India is a welfare state whose main aim is to work for the welfare of the people.

Question 2.
What is a Constitution?
Answer:
The constitution is a legal book or document in which ways and systems to administer the country are written.

Question 3.
What is a State?
Answer:
The state is that group in which different legislative institutions running in that society, are known by their name and has a definite territory in which it has complete right to use the physical aspect of power.

Question 4.
Who becomes the chairman of the Planning Commission?
Answer:
As per the Constitution of India, every Prime Minister of India becomes the Chairman of the Planning Commission.

Question 5.
What is the main aim of the Five Year Plans?
Answer:
The main aim of the Five Year Plans is to carry out all-round development of the country and give money to the states according to their expenditure for development works. It leads to the social and economic development of the country.

Question 6.
What is a welfare state?
Answer:
A welfare state is a that state which takes the responsibility for the welfare of the citizens.

Question 7.
Which type of role is played by the welfare state?
Answer:
The welfare state plays an important role in the welfare of the people of the country. It works for the economic development of weaker sections and backward classes of the country. It makes laws for women and children so that no one gets exploited.

Question 8.
What is Planning?
Answer:
Planning is a system on the basis of which steps are being taken for the achievement of personal or social objectives.

Question 9.
What is Social Planning?
Answer:
Social Planning is that system or method with the help of which steps are taken for the solution of different types of social and cultural problems of the society.

Question 10.
What is Economic Planning?
Answer:
It is that plan or program in which steps are being taken for the development of an economic aspect of all the sectors like agriculture, business, communication, transport, etc.

Question 11.
What is the need for Social Planning in our country?
Answer:
People of many religions and castes live in our country. Social planning is very much necessary to bring them closer to each other and to solve those problems which arise from their conflict of interests.

Question 12.
When did the Indian Constitution come into force?
Answer:
The Indian Constitution came into force on 26th January 1950 when our country became a Republic.

Question 13.
Who was the Chairman of the Drafting Committee of the Constitution?
Answer:
Dr. B.R. Ambedkar was the Chairman of the Drafting Committee.

Question 14.
How many fundamental rights are given to the Indian citizens?
Answer:
Six fundamental rights are provided to the citizens of India.

Question 15.
What is the difference between State and Government?
Answer:
The state is permanent and no one can overturn it whereas government is temporary which comes into power only for five years. There are certain objectives of the state and the government is a means to achieve those objectives.

Question 16.
What is meant by Panchayati Raj?
Answer:
Panchayat means a group of paths or the association of five persons. The meaning of Panchayati Raj can be understood on the basis of the administration of five persons. It is also known as the local self-government.

Question 17.
State the three levels of Panchayati Raj.
Answer:
Panchayati Raj has three levels:

  1. Panchayat at the village level
  2. Panchayat Samiti at the block level
  3. Zila Parishad at the district level.

Question 18.
What is Law?
Answer:
That system of rules which is implemented by the government on the citizens of the country is known as the law.

Question 19.
Who makes laws for the country?
Answer:
Parliament makes laws for the country and State Legislative assembly makes laws for the state.

Question 20.
When was Panchayati Raj System implemented in India?
Answer:
Panchayati Raj System was implemented in India in 1959.

Question 21.
Which problems were there in the ancient Panchayati Raj System?
Answer:

  1. There was a lack of regular elections.
  2. Panchayats had no financial means.
  3. People had no interest in these institutions.
  4. These institutions were under the complete control of government officials.

Question 22.
How many types of laws are there?
Answer:
Laws are of two types:

  1. Civil laws
  2. Criminal laws.

Question 23.
What is Gram Sabha?
Answer:
Gram Sabha is formed at the village level and is the base of Panchayati Raj. All the adult males and females of the village are the members of Gram Sabha and these people or members of Gram Sabha from the Panchayat.

Question 24.
Name three sources of income for Panchayats.
Or
What are the main sources of income for Panchayat? (C.B.S.E. 2012, 2013)
Or
What are the sources of revenue for panchayats? Give examples. (C.B.S.E. 2017 (O.D.))
Answer:

  • Grants are given by the government.
  • Income from the tax imposed on residents.
  • Income from the land of Panchayat.

Question 26.
Give four functions of Village Panchayat.
Answer:

  1. Arrangement of clean and pure drinking water for the village.
  2. Building roads for the village.
  3. Arrangement of the cleanliness of the village.
  4. Arrangement of electricity for the village.

Question 27.
Give three means of income of Panchayat Samiti.
Answer:

  1. Grants are given by the government.
  2. Income from fairs arranged by it.
  3. Income from markets arranged by it in its area.

Question 28.
Give two functions of Panchayat Samiti.
Answer:

  1. Making plans for the development of its area and applying those plans.
  2. Checking the functioning of Panchayats falling in its jurisdiction.

Question 29.
State two means of income of Zila Parishad.
Answer:

  1. Grants are given by the government.
  2. Income from its property.
  3. A portion of taxes collected from its area.

Question 30.
Give two functions of Zila Parishad.
Answer:

  1. Checking the functions of all Panchayat Samitis falling in its area.
  2. Checking the developmental works of the area.

Question 31.
Give any three functions of Panchayati Raj institutions.
Answer:

  1. Arrangement of clean drinking water and electricity.
  2. Development of poultry, piggery, fishing in its area.
  3. Arrangement of roads, bridges, etc., in its area.

Question 32.
What is the term of Gram Panchayat?
Answer:
According to the 73rd Constitutional Amendment, Gram Panchayat is elected for five years.

Question 33.
How many members of Gram Panchayat are there?
Answer:
There is no definite number of members of Gram Panchayat. Their number is different in different states. For example, the number of members of Gram Panchayat is from 6 to 20 in Haryana.

Question 34.
How are the members and chairman of Gram Panchayat elected?
Answer:
A direct election system exists in India to elect the representatives of the people. In this way, Panch and Sarpanchs are also directly elected by the people.

Question 35.
Who implements plannings made by Panchayat Samiti?
Answer:
Plannings of Panchayat Samiti are implemented by the Block Development Officer.

Question 36.
What is the qualification to become a member of Gram Panchayat?
Answer:

  1. A person should be not less than 21 years of age.
  2. He should be a citizen of India.
  3. He should not hold any office of profit and should not be declared bankrupt.

Question 37.
What is Liberalisation?
Answer:
Removing certain restrictions from a controlled economy is known as liberalization. This makes the economy more competitive, open, and progressive.

Question 38.
What is Privatisation?
Answer:
Socialist and democratic countries have a mixed economy. This type of economy has public enterprises that are under the direct control of the government. Sometimes, the government gives control of these public enterprises to private parties so that they can earn more and more profit. This process is known as privatization.

Question 39.
What is meant by Fundamental rights?
Answer:
Indian citizens are provided with certain basic rights by the Constitution and these rights are known as fundamental rights. These rights are a must for a person to live a better life which is why they are known as fundamental rights.

Question 40.
Name the six fundamental rights provided to the Indian citizens.
Answer:

  1. Right to Equality
  2. Right to Freedom
  3. Right against Exploitation
  4. Right to Religious Freedom
  5. Cultural and Educational Rights
  6. Right to Constitutional Remedies.

Question 41.
What is the Right to Constitutional Remedies?
Answer:
Every citizen has the right to go directly to the Supreme Court for the protection and application of his fundamental rights. If anyone thinks that either the government or anyone else is taking away his fundamental rights then he can go to the court to protect the same. It is known as the Right to Constitutional Remedies.

Question 42.
What are Interest Groups?
Answer:
These are organized or unorganized groups that try to influence government policies and promote its interests. They have some of the objectives and exert pressure on the government to achieve these objectives. They never contest the elections but always control the power indirectly.

Question 43.
“In Indian nationalism, the dominant trend was marked by an inclusive and a democratic vision.” What do you understand by the words ‘inclusive’ and ‘democratic’ in this statement? (C.B.S.E. (O.D.))
Answer:
In the above statement “inclusive” and “democratic” means

  1. Inclusive because it recognized diversity and plurality.
  2. Democratic because it sought to do away with discrimination and exclusion and bring forth a just and equitable society.

The Story of Indian Democracy Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
State the main features of the Panchayati Raj system.
Answer:

  1. Panchayati Raj system has a three-tier structure.
  2. Gram Sabha plays the most important role in it.
  3. Members of its institutions are elected directly by the people.
  4. Some seats of its institutions are reserved for scheduled castes, tribes, and women.
  5. The financial powers and functions of Panchayati Raj institutions are distributed.

Question 2.
Name the types of laws given by Maclver.
Answer:

  1. National Law
  2. International Law
  3. Constitutional Law
  4. Ordinary Law
  5. Public Law
  6. Private Law
  7. General Law
  8. Administration Law.

Question 3.
What is the importance of Decentralisation in India?
Answer:
Decentralization refers to the distribution or division of powers from top to bottom. Decentralization is of great importance in India because India is a democratic country. One of the important conditions of democracy is the people’s participation in politics and it is only possible when there will be elections at every level. Representatives will be elected by the people through these elections. If elected, they will need powers. They will get the powers from the top which is possible if there is the decentralization of powers instead of centralization. Our country is facing many types of problems and these could be solved if power is given to concerned people of local areas.

Question 4.
Give any four features of a Decentralised system.
Answer:

  1. The administrative system becomes popular in this system because this system gives equal chances to everyone to gain power. People’s participation is possible with the spread of democracy.
  2. Decisions are taken very quickly in a decentralized system. In the absence of this system, the decision-making process will take a lot of time. On the other hand, decentralization hardly requires higher officials to make decisions as the powers are distributed to the lower levels as well.
  3. There is flexibility in administration through this process. Officials have complete freedom in their jurisdiction. They work for the people and take decisions on the spot.
  4. There is hardly any pressure of work on the officials. If this process is absent then higher officials will be burdened and lower officials would remain without any work. So this process divides all the functions at different levels.

Question 5.
Give four demerits of a decentralized system.
Answer:

  1. This system lacks uniformity in administration. Higher officials give directions of work to lower officials who change it according to time and needs which is why differences arise in their work.
  2. Another demerit of this system is that it increases expenditure. The government will have to bear all the expenses of officials, their pay, workplace, offices, etc., which sums up to a hefty amount.
  3. It is a danger for national interests. Officials start to solve and think about local problems and hardly care about the national interests.
  4. This system lacks control of the center. Officials work in their own way and many a time, they go beyond the policies of the central government.

Question 6.
What provisions are kept for women in the Constitution?
Answer:
Women constitute half of the total population of our country. Their status remained lower for ages and were considered as slaves of the house. That is why special provisions are kept in the Constitution for their welfare. Article 15 states that the state shall take care of the interests and security of women and shall provide special facilities to them. Article 39 states that males and females shall be given equal pay for equal work. Article 42 states that the state shall arrange for maternity help of women. Article 51 states that it is the duty of every Indian to give up those traditions which are against the dignity of women. By the 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments, one-third of the total seats are kept reserved for women in municipalities and Panchayati Raj institutions.

Question 7.
What provisions have been made for children in the Constitution?
Answer:
Children are also given special attention to different articles of the Constitution. Article 15 states that the state shall specially arrange for the security of the interests of children. It can provide them special facilities. Article 39 states that children should not do those works, due to economic problems, which could have an adverse impact on their age and health. That is why Government should make such a policy with which children could be protected from exploitation and moral and physical degradation. Article 45 states that the state shall arrange for free and compulsory education for children up to the age of 14 years.

Question 8.
What provisions have been made for scheduled tribes in the Constitution?
Answer:

  1. Article 275 of the Constitution states that the state shall provide special grants for tribal welfare.
  2. Article 325 has given the universal adult franchise to all the citizens of the country including the tribal people.
  3. According to Article 330 and 332, 41 seats of the Lok Sabha and 527 seats of the state legislative assemblies are reserved for tribal people.
  4. According to Article 335, 7.5% of the total seats in government jobs are reserved for tribal people.

Question 9.
What were the objectives of the First Five Year Plan?
Answer:
When the first five-year plan was started in 1951, India was facing economic problems due to the division of the country and the Second World War. That is why the following objectives were made in it:

  1. The agricultural system of the country should be strengthened.
  2. Agriculture of the country should be developed so that country should become self-dependent in food production.
  3. To make more and more programs of social welfare.
  4. To increase industrial development.
  5. To concentrate on employment giving sectors.
  6. To work for the rehabilitation of people.

45% of the total amount of the budget of this plan (1,960 crores) was spent on agriculture. The growth rate of this plan was projected at 2.2% but it reached the level of 3.7%.

Question 10.
Give some features of the 73rd Amendment of the Constitution.
Or
Give salient features of the Amended Act of 1992.
Answer:
In 1992, the 73rd Amendment of the Constitution was passed and some provisions were made in it for local governments. Some features or provisions of this amendment are given below:

  1. Now there will be a three-tier system in the Panchayati Raj system and these are Panchayat for village level, Block Samiti at the block level, and Zila Parishad at the district level.
  2. Now it has become mandatory to hold regular elections in all the local governments after every five years.
  3. One-third of the total seats in local governments will be kept reserved for women.
  4. Seats for scheduled castes, scheduled tribes, and other backward classes will be kept reserved in local governments according to the ratio of their population in that area.
  5. An independent constitutional body, i.e., State Election Commission will conduct fair elections in all the local bodies.

Question 11.
Explain the three-tier system of Panchayati Raj.
Or
How Local Self Government works at the village level?
Answer:
73rd Amendment of the Constitution has provided the three-tier system for Panchayati Raj. At the village level, the basic unit of democracy is Gram Sabha which is the sabha of all the adults of the village. This Gram Sabha elects the Panchayat and Sarpanch of a village. Panchayat looks after the needs of the village. The Second level is the Block Samiti at the block level and all the panchayats of the block are its members. It looks after the work done by the Panchayats in the block. It has one chairman as well as many elected and ex-officio members. The third level of Panchayati Raj is Zila Parishad at the district level. All the Block Samitis of one district are its members. M.P., M.L.A., Commissioner, etc., are its ex-officio members. It also has some elected members. Zila Parishad looks after the work done by Panchayats and Block Samiti in the district.

Question 12.
What is Gram Sabha? What are its functions?
Answer:
Gram Sabha is a Sabha of the adults of the village and it elects the Sarpanch and Gram Panchayat by exercising its right of universal adult franchise. Gram Sabha does a number of functions like:

  1. Gram Sabha elects Sarpanch, Panchayat, and its members.
  2. Sarpanch produces the budget of Panchayat in Gram Sabha. It discusses that budget.
  3. It decides on the developmental work done in the village.
  4. It can ask questions to the members of Panchayat about any issue of village importance. ‘

Question 13.
What is the importance of Local Self government?
Answer:
In a democratic country like India, where a number of linguistic, ethnic, and religious groups live together, the local self-government is very important due to the following reasons:

  1. The matters of local interest like water supply, cleaning, and lighting of streets, maintenance of drainage system, etc., are better understood by the local residents. Hence, there is a need for local self-government.
  2. The knowledge gained in running the administration of local affairs proves to be a training ground for self-government.
  3. Local functions are performed better by the local bodies at a low cost.

Question 14.
Write the functions of Panchayat.
Or
What powers and responsibilities have been delegated to the Panchayats? (C.B.S.E. 2011)
Or
What are the social welfare responsibilities of the Panchayats? (C.B.S.E. 2012)
Or
State the social welfare responsibilities of panchayats. (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:

  1. An important function of Gram Panchayat is to uplift the social and economic life of the people.
  2. Village panchayat tries to open schools in the village and motivates the people to send their children to schools.
  3. Gram Panchayat also arranges for the means of recreation like films, festivals and opening up of library in the village.
  4. Panchayat educates the people about new techniques of agriculture and it arranges for new seeds and developed fertilizers.
  5. For the industrial development of the village, it also tries to establish any small- scale or college industry in the village.

Question 15.
What is Nyaya Panchayat? (C.B.S.E. 2013)
Or
What are Nyaya Panchayats? What authority do they possess? (C.B.S.E. 2010)
Answer:
The nature of two persons is not the same. That is why problems may arise between them. In this way, problems between villages may arise from time to time. Nyaya Panchayat stops and solves these problems. One Nyaya Panchayat is generally formed for 5-10 Gram Sabhas. Its members are elected and Sarpanch makes a committee consisting of 5 members. They have the right to ask questions to the Panchayat.

Question 16.
What is Panchayat Samiti or Block Samiti?
Answer:
Panchayats, coming in one block, are the members of Panchayat Samiti and Sarpanchs of these Panchayats are its members. Members of Panchayat Samiti are also elected. Panchayat Samiti takes care of the functions of the Panchayats which are coming in its area. It checks the developmental functions of the village and directs the Panchayat for the welfare of the village. It is the second level of Panchayati Raj.

Question 17.
What is Zila Parishad?
Answer:
The highest level of Panchayati Raj is Zila Parishad which takes care of the functions of the Panchayats which exist in its district. It is an executive institution. Chairman of Panchayat Samiti, elected members, members of Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, and Legislative Assemblies are the members of Zila Parishad. All these take care of the developmental functions done in the villages of the district. Zila Parishad does many functions like improvement of agriculture, improvement of land, irrigation, rural electrification, the arrangement of seeds and fertilizers, education, industries, etc.

Question 18.
Write about the problems faced by the Panchayati Raj.
Answer:

  1. People of villages are backward and believe in superstitions. They never accept change very quickly which is the biggest obstacle in the way of the Panchayati Raj institutions.
  2. Villages lack good leaders. The elected leaders are generally dishonest. They only take care of their own development and hardly care about the development of the village.
  3. Rural people are related to different religions, castes, etc. Members of Panchayat never take care of the whole village but they only think about the development of their own caste and religion which can be biased.
  4. Good literate people shift to the cities to live due to which villages are lacking good literate leaders.
  5. Government officials, Panchs, and Sarpanchs indulge in corrupt practices and hardly take care of the development of the villages.

Question 19.
What is a Sarpanch?
Answer:
The Head of the Gram Panchayat is known as Sarpanch or Chairperson. He is known by different names in different states like President, Sarpanch, Mukhiya, Pradhan, Sabhapati, etc. Sarpanch is directly elected in most of the states. It means that the voters of the village, who elect the members of the Panchayat, elect the Sarpanch of the village as well. Sarpanch presides over the meetings of Panchayat. He uses the money given by the government for the welfare of the village and tries for the all-round development of the village.

Question 20.
What are the sources of income of Gram Panchayat?
Answer:
1. Taxes. The first source of income of Panchayat is tax. It can collect only those taxes which are sanctioned by the government like property tax, animal tax, occupational tax, token tax, road tax, octroi tax, etc.

2. Fees and Fine tax. The second source of income of Panchayat is the fine and fees imposed by it. For example, fees for the use of Panchayat’s rest house, tax of lighting of streets and markets, water tax, etc. These are imposed only by those Panchayats which give these facilities.

3. Government Grants. The main source of income of Panchayats is the grants given by the government. The government gives different types of grants to apply the plans related to development made by them. Generally, some part of the land tax collected by the government is given to Panchayats like 15% in Punjab, 12.5% in U.P., etc. Panchayats of Bihar, Maharashtra, and Gujarat even collect land revenue on behalf of the government.

4. Mixed Sources. There are many other sources of income of Panchayats like income by selling waste of the village, income from panchayat land (hamlet), income from fairs, income from the property of the village, etc. Panchayats have a special source of income from a fishery in Andhra Pradesh and Punjab.

Question 21.
In a democratic form of government, political parties are key actors. Explain. (C.B.S.E. 2010)
Answer:

  1. There is no denying the fact that in a democratic form of government, political parties are key actors and they play the most important role in democracy.
  2. Political parties could.be defined as the organizations oriented towards getting legitimate control of the government through the electoral process.
  3. We cannot imagine democracy in the absence of political parties. It means that political parties are the backbone of democracy.
  4. In a democratic system, political parties bring the interests of different groups in front so that their interests could be protected.

Question 22.
Could the RTI be a means of forcing the state to respond to the people of India? Elaborate. (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
Yes, RTI is a means of forcing the state to respond to the people of India in the following ways:

  1. RTI enacted by the Parliament in India in 2005 gives the right to any citizen to seek information from a public authority.
  2. Public authority should disseminate information as it leads to transparency.
  3. One can get information about spending of government funds.
  4. Citizens have a right to inspect documents, works, and records on public issues.

Question 23.
How is inequality a hurdle in the working of a democratic institution? (C.B.S.E. 2017 (O.D.))
Answer:
Inequality is a hurdle in the working of a democratic institution because :

  1. Democratization is difficult to achieve in a society that is plural/diverse.
  2. Certain members belonging to a particular group are included.
  3. Decisions in developmental activities are made by a few leaving the rest.
  4. Democratic measures do not work out in practice because inequality is a result of the structural features of the society.

The Story of Indian Democracy Important Extra Questions Essay Answer Type

Question 1.
Give main features of Panchayati Raj System according to the 73rd Constitutional Amendment.
Answer:
The new Panchayati Raj System was started in India. A bill of 73rd Constitutional Amendment was introduced in the Parliament to bring uniformity in the Panchayati Raj institutions of the whole of the country. It was passed by Lok Sabha on 22nd December 1992 and by Rajya Sabha on 23rd December 1992. It was also signed by the President of India on 23rd April 1993. The main features of new Panchayati Raj institutions are given below:
1. Three-Tier Structure. A three-tier structure of Panchayat was proposed for the whole country through the 73rd Constitutional Amendment. These three tiers are:
(a) Gram Panchayat (at village level)
(b) Panchayat Samiti (at block level)
(c) Zila Parishad (at district level)

2. Composition. Members of all three levels of the Panchayati Raj institution shall be determined by the state legislative assembly. Gram Panchayat, at the village level, shall have one Sarpanch and other members. The number of Panchs depends upon the state government. This number is different in different states.

3. Gram Sabha (Gram Sabha). All the adults of the villages are members of Gram Sabha which comes under one Panchayat. All these collectively form the Gram Sabha. Population for the establishment of Gram Sabha is different in different states.

4. Qualification of Members. Minimum age of 21 years is necessary to contest the election of Panchayati Raj institutions. Except this, the person should be eligible to contest the election of the State Legislative Assembly.

5. Direct Election. Members of Gram Panchayat, Panchayat Samiti, and Zila Parishad are directly elected by electorates through the election. The minimum age to give a vote is 18 years.

6. Election of Chairperson and Vice-Chairpersons. The Chairperson of Gram Panchayat (Sarpanch) is directly elected by the people through direct election. But chairperson and vice-chairpersons of Panchayat Samiti and Zila Parishad are indirectly elected. It means that the chairmen of Zila Parishad and Panchayat Samiti are elected by members of these institutions.

7. Tenure. The tenure of every level of Panchayati Raj institution is 5 years. This tenure starts with the first meeting of Panchayat.

8. Function and Powers. A number of functions are given to all three levels of Panchayati Raj and these functions are generally related to the overall development of their respective areas. Certain judicial powers are also given to them.

9. Reservation. Some seats are reserved for scheduled castes, tribes, and for women. Seats for scheduled castes and tribes at all levels are reserved according to their proportion of the population in that particular area. One-third (1/3) of the total seats are reserved for women (including S.C.’s and S.T.’s). Reserved seats are changed by state from time to time. Laws of reservation are also applicable to the posts of chairperson and deputy chairpersons.

Question 2.
What do you know about Gram Sabha? Explain it.
Answer:
Gram Sabha is the foundation of the new Panchayati system. A minimum of 18 years of age is required to become the members of Gram Sabha. All adults of the village, whose names are there in the voter list, are automatic members of Gram Sabha. Different states have made laws and fixed the number of members of Gram Sabha. A number of members of few states are given below:

  1. Himachal Pradesh – 1500-4500
  2. Haryana – 500-4500
  3. Punjab – 200-4500

Session. It is necessary to call two sessions of Gram Sabha in one year. But when these should be called, this is determined by every state. For example, the session of Gram Sabha in Himachal Pradesh and Rajasthan is called in summer and winter. Except for this special session of Gram Sabha can be called if one-fifth of the total members demand so. A quorum of sessions is one-tenth of the total members. That is why one-tenth of the total members are necessary for the session of Gram Sabha. The session is presided by the chairperson of Gram Panchayat and the chairperson of Gram Sabha is Sarpanch.

Functions of Gram Sabha. Its function is given below:

  1. Gram Sabha passes its yearly budget according to its income.
  2. One copy of the expenditure of Panchayat is being given to Gram Sabha so that it could be discussed in its session.
  3. Gram panchayat can impose some sort of taxes but they should be sanctioned by Gram Sabha.
  4. Gram Sabha elects Sarpanch of village panchayat and members of village panchayat as well,
  5. Gram Sabha can remove Sarpanch from its post.

Except these, making plans for the development of its area, collection of money for public welfare works are some of its other functions.

Question 3.
What do you know about Gram Panchayat? Give briefly.
Or
What are Panchayats? What are some of their powers and responsibilities? (C.B.S.E. 2010)
Answer:
Gram Panchayat is at the lowest level of the three-tier structure of Panchayati Raj.
1. Composition. There is one Sarpanch and 5-13 members of Gram Panchayat and these members are known as Panch. The number of members of the Panchayat is determined according to the population of that state and it is determined by the state.

2. Direct Election. Sarpanch and panch of village panchayat are elected by members of Gram Sabha and they are elected through the process of direct election. All the members of panchayat are elected for the tenure of 5 years.

3. Reservation. Some seats of the total seats of Panchayat are reserved for scheduled castes and tribes and this number is according to their proportion of the population. Except this, one-third of the total seats are reserved for women.

4. Tenure. Tenure of Gram Panchayat is fixed for 5 years by the 73rd Constitutional amendment. But if the government thinks that any panchayat is not working properly then it can dissolve that panchayat. But re-election within six months is necessary.

5. Qualifications. Following qualifications are necessary to become a member of Gram Panchayat:
(а) He should be a citizen of India.
(б) His age should be more than 21 years.
(c) He should not be declared insane or bankrupt.
(d) He should not be on any governmental post.

Every Gram Panchayat has a Sarpanch who is elected directly by members of Gram Sabha. Sarpanch presides over the meetings of Panchayat and checks the developmental functions of the village.

6. Meetings. Two meetings in a month are necessary. But it can be called by the majority if it is required.

7.Functions of Gram Panchayat. Gram Panchayat has to do the following functions:
(a) It makes the budget of Panchayat and presents it to Gram Sabha.
(b) It encourages dairy farming and poultry farming.
(c) It tries to plant more and more trees on both sides of the roads.
(d) It encourages cottage industry in rural areas.
(e) It arranges for drinking water for the village.
(f) It builds new bridges and repairs the old ones.
(g) It takes care of funeral places (cremation grounds).
(h) It takes care of wells and ponds of the village.
(i) It arranges for fairs and markets.
(j) It maintains the roads in the villages.

Question 4.
What do you know about Panchayat Samiti? Write briefly.
Answer:
Panchayat Samiti is at the 2nd level of the three-tier system of the Panchayati Raj. All the Panchayats, which come in the area of a block, are the members of Panchayat Samiti and the Sarpanchs of these Panchayats are its members.
1. Composition. According to the new Panchayati Raj, Panchayat Samiti can be established at the block level and it has the following members:
(a) Directly elected members of Panchayat Samiti.
(b) Members of Lok Sabha and State Legislative Assembly who are related with that
area.
(c) One-fifth of the total Sarpanchs of that block.
(d) Members of Rajya Sabha.

2. Tenure. Like Village Panchayat, the tenure of Panchayat Samiti is also 5 years but if the government wants it can dissolve it even before the completion of its tenure.

3. Reservation. Some seats are reserved in Panchayat Samiti for S, C.’s, and S.T.’s but the reservation is according to their proportion in the total population. Except this, one-third of the total seats are also reserved for women.

4. Election of Chairman and Deputy Chairman. After taking the oath of the office, all the members of Panchayat Samiti elect one Chairman and one Deputy Chairman out of them.

5. Qualifications. Following qualifications are required to become a member of Panchayat Samiti:
(a) He should be a citizen of India.
(b) He should not be declared as mad or bankrupt.
(c) His age should be more than 21 years.
(d) He should not hold any office of profit under the government.

6. Functions of Panchayat Samiti. Panchayat Samiti has to do the following functions:
(а) Developing different arts, cottage industries, etc., in its area so that industrial development of the area can take place.
(b) Implementing developmental plans in its area and try to produce more opportunities for employment.
(c) Checking the functions done by Panchayats of its area and also to check their budget and expenditure.
(d) Making arrangements for the establishment of health centers and maternity centers.
(e) Arranging for drinking water and to make roads of its area.
(f) Working for an arrangement of fairs and markets.

7. Meetings. At least two meetings should be held of Panchayat Samiti in a year. Not more than 6 months gap should be there between two meetings. But if any need arises, the majority of members can call a meeting before the scheduled time.

Question 5.
What do you know about Zila Parishad? Explain briefly.
Answer:
Zila Parishad is the Panchayati Raj Institution at the district level. Every district has one institution of Zila Parishad. The whole of the area of the district, except the area of the municipality, is included in the area of Zila Parishad.
1. Composition of Zila Parishad. Every Zila Parishad has the following members:
(a) Directly elected adult members of Zila Parishad.
(b) Member of Lok Sabha of district and M.L.A’s of that district.
(c) That member of Rajya Sabha whose name is included in the voter list of the district.
(d) All the chairmen of Panchayat Samitis of the district.

2. Reservation. Like lower levels, this level also has some reserved seats for S.C.’s and S.T.’s and this reservation is according to their proportion in the total population. One-third of the total seats are reserved for women as well.

3. Meetings. At least four meetings of Zila Parishad should be held in a year and there should be a gap of not more than three months between two meetings. Chairman presides over the meetings of Zila Parishad and in his absence, Deputy Chairman presides over the meetings. An emergency meeting can also be convened on the demand of one-third members of Zila Parishad.

4. Tenure. Basically, the tenure of Zila Parishad is fixed at 5 years by the 73rd Constitutional Amendment. But it can be dissolved by the State government before the completion of its term on the basis of charges of corruption or inability.

5. Functions of Zila Parishad. Zila Parishad does the following functions in its area:
(a) Its main function is to check the functions done by Panchayat Samiti of its area. With this, it also tries to maintain a balance between functions of all the Panchayat Samitis.
(b) It makes development plans for Panchayat Samitis and tries to apply those plans.
(c) It checks the budgets of Panchayat Samitis and gives its approval to them.
(d) Government gives many powers and responsibilities to the Zila Parishad.

Question 6.
What is the importance of Panchayati Raj? Write in detail.
Answer:
1. Rule of the People. Panchayati Raj System can be called the rule of the people because people play the most important role at every level of Panchayati Raj. At the time of the election, everything is in the hands of the people who elect the representative of their choice. Those elected representatives will have to work to solve the problems of the people. Every level of Panchayati Raj will have to provide basic facilities of drinking water, electricity, health, education, etc., to the people. Elected representatives know about the fact that if they do not take care of the problems of the people then they will not be re-elected. In this way, the elected representatives will have to work for the welfare of the people and therefore the rule is always in the hands of the people.

2. Democracy. Panchayati Raj gives strength to democracy. The meaning of democracy is the rule of the people and Panchayati Raj has been made with the purpose that they should rule over themselves. People themselves elect their representatives and can meet them at any time and call for the solution of their problems. Gram Sabha exists at the village level whose members are all the adults of the village. It has to meet at least twice a year in which discussion takes place about the functions, planning, budget, and expenditure of the Panchayat. In this way, people come to know about the identity of their representatives which is a symbol of democracy.

3. To make the people self-reliant. Another important objective of Panchayati Raj is to make villages self-dependent. While making laws related to this, every care must be taken that all the levels of Panchayati Raj should get powers according to their needs. Every Panchayat has been given enough rights for the solution of the problems of the village. A village panchayat makes a number of developmental plans for the village and presents them before the Gram Sabha. The local self-government collects taxes from the village and uses them for the village’s development. In this way, the village becomes self-dependent.

4. Knowledge of Rights and Duties. Through Panchayati Raj System, people come to know about their rights and duties towards their village. Knowledge about their rights as voters and as members of Gram Sabha is known at the time of the election and at the meetings of Gram Sabha. If Gram Sabha imposes any taxes on the village then the villagers pay it willingly as they know that money will be used for the development of the village.

5. Development of Agriculture. Panchayati Raj has played an important role in the development of agriculture. One of the important functions of Panchayat, Panchayat Samiti, and Zila Parishad is that they work for the development of agriculture and increase production in their respective area. They have many government officials at their disposal whose main work is to give information on new seeds, machines, urea, etc., to the people so that they could increase their production.

Apart from this, Panchayati Raj institutions also arrange for new seeds and fertilizers for their respective areas. With this, the country becomes self-dependent in the field of food production and people also develop economically. In this way, Panchayati Raj Institutions play an important role in the economic development of the people.

Question 7.
Which changes came in society due to different laws? Explain.
Answer:
1. Change in the Status of Women. The social status of women has been improved due to these laws. Females had very limited right over their husband’s property but after the Hindu Succession Act of, 1956 they got equal right in husband’s property. Widows got the right to remarriage under the Widow Remarriage Act. They got the right to adopt any child. Dowry Prohibition Act was made. Some seats have been kept reserved for them in Panchayati Raj Institutions. That is why many changes came in the status of women due to these laws.

2. Change in the forms of Marriage. Many customs of marriage prevailed in Indian Society for ages, like polygamy, polygyny, polyandry, etc. By Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 polygamy was declared illegal. Monogamy was given legal sanction and court marriage was also given legal sanction.

3. Decline in obsolete Conventions. Many social evils prevailed in Indian society like Sati Pratha, Dowry, Child marriage, Untouchability, etc., Sati Pratha has been declared illegal through Sati Prohibition Act. This Pratha has been eliminated from society. Taking and giving dowry has been declared as a crime through Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 and 1986. Child marriage has been banned and the legal age of marriage has been fixed for boys and girls. Untouchability has also been eliminated through the Untouchability Offenses Act, 1955, and Civil Rights Protection, 1976.

4. Change in Inter-Caste Relations. Inter-caste relations have also been changed through social laws. Inter-caste marriages have been sanctioned through Hindu Marriage Act, 1955. The government is giving encouragement to such types of marriages. Untouchability has been declared illegal. That is why interaction between all the classes has increased and they are living with each other with peace and harmony.

5. Change in Rules of Marriage. Traditionally, Hindu marriage has been considered a religious sacrament. But due to certain laws, it has been changed into a social contract. Other rules related to marriage have also been changed. Inter-caste marriage has been sanctioned by law and the minimum age for the marriage has also been fixed.

Question 8.
What can be done to bring reforms in Panchayati Raj?
Answer:
1. People of rural areas should know about their rights and duties to bring reforms in Panchayati Raj. If rural people become conscious about their rights then they will be able to participate in Gram Sabha which in turn will enable them to know about some of their other rights.

2. Another necessary step is that all the levels of Panchayati Raj should be given complete freedom so that they could be able to work for the development of their respective areas. The government should not interfere in their function so that they could work for their areas, without any fear.

3. Government should not keep unnecessary control over the functions of these institutions and on them as well. Control results in a decline of work and officials are unable to work in a proper way.

4. Government officials and members related to these institutions should be given training from governmental and non-governmental institutions so that they can work for the people. The advantage of this training should reach directly to the people so that they could use it on their agricultural land.

5. Officials working in these institutions should be given good salaries so that they work wholeheartedly for the development of the village and do not become corrupt.

6. There should be a good balance between all the three levels of Panchayati Raj so that they can develop in their respective areas in a proper way.

7. Gram Sabha should be made more powerful by giving more rights to it so that it can check the functioning of Panchayat and people’s participation could be increased.

8. Educated candidates should be appointed at those posts which are related to the institutions of Panchayati Raj so that they could be able to understand the problems of the villages.

9. These institutions should be given more grants by the state and central governments so that they can do their work without any problem of finance.

Question 9.
What are the advantages of Planned development?
Answer:
1. Saving of time. Time can be saved if development is done with planning. It is quite possible that time and resources could be wasted in the absence of planning and we can move away from our objectives. With planning, we know of the fact that in a direction in which we have to work. It not only saves time but saves our resources as well.

2. Achievement of objective in less duration. Some objectives are always determined while making the plan of any work. Even planners fix the time to achieve those objectives. If no plan is made then they will keep on working without any direction and may get distracted from their objective. Therefore, objectives can be achieved in less duration only through planned development.

3. All-round Development. If the work is done in a planned way then all the sectors can develop in a better way. If the work is done without proper planning, then it may happen that one sector can develop completely and the other sector remains undeveloped. Therefore, planned work is necessary for the development of any sector. That is why the whole area is taken as a unit and all of its sectors are kept in mind.

4. Industrial Development. If industries of our country are required to be developed then proper planning is necessary. We need planning to establish any industry. Capital required to establish industry, the raw material to manufacture goods, labor to make goods, the arrangement of the market to sell goods, etc., needs a lot of planning. The industry cannot run in a proper way in the absence of planning. If more capital will be required, if more raw material will be required, if goods will not be sold then what will happen? These are some of the questions which require planning. Therefore, planned development can lead to the industrial growth of the country.

5. For Agricultural Development. Agricultural development also requires proper planning. Arrangement of good seeds, urea, to arrange for good technology, to increase and sell the produce, etc., needs a lot of planning. Non-planning of one sector may spoil
the entire work. Therefore, planned development is essential for the development of the agricultural sector as well.

6. Development of Lower Classes. The lower classes of our country have been exploited for ages. So proper planning was required to uplift their status. The plan was made and a reservation was kept for them in the Constitution. Five Year Plans have also done a lot for their welfare. Today, lower castes people are standing with higher castes people and their status has improved a lot. All this has happened due to proper planning.

Question 10.
In what ways do pressure groups and movements exert influence on politics?
Or
What role do pressure groups play in Indian democracy? (C.B.S.E 2017, (D)
Answer:
Pressure groups are organized and unorganized groups that try to influence governmental policies and promote their interests. Movements also try to influence politics but they both did not take part in direct elections. They both try to influence politics in one way or the other. They affect politics in the following ways:

  1. These pressure groups and movements start to campaign on any particular issue so that public support could be gained. Both of them take the help of mass media so that more public attention could be given to them.
  2. They generally call for a strike, march, or protest and try to disrupt the governmental programs. They often call for strikes and dharnas to raise their voice. Most of the federations and unions used to take this route to influence governmental policies.
  3. Generally, business groups form a lobby of the people with common objectives so that the government could be pressurized to change its policies.

Question 11.
Describe the forms of relationship between pressure groups and political parties.
Answer:
Generally, pressure groups are those groups of people who try to influence governmental policies. They make their aims and try to achieve those aims by exerting pressure on the government. Their main aim is to influence governmental policies. Generally, the members of these groups are those people who have some of their common interests, goals, aims, etc. They never try to contest the elections but form their own ideology. The forms of relationship between pressure groups and political parties are given below:

  1. In many cases, these pressure groups are formed or led by political parties. These pressure groups act as extended arms of those political parties. For example, labor unions formed by different political parties.
  2. Many a time, movements give birth to political parties. If the struggle of aims becomes too long then at times, it takes the form of a political party. For example, the roots of DMK and AIADMK can be seen from the movements.
  3. Generally, political parties and interest groups stand against or in front of each other. Their relations are not direct but dialogue and negotiations are there. Their views and ideas are usually opposite to each other.

Question 12.
Explain how the activities of pressure groups are useful in the functioning of a democratic government.
Or
Is the influence of pressure groups and movements healthy for democracy? Comment.
Answer:
A pressure group is a group of people which tries to achieve its aims by influencing governmental policies. People with common aims, occupations, etc., form these groups. At the start, it seems that these pressure groups are not good for democracy because they try to influence the governmental policies to achieve the aims of one particular group. In a democracy, the government has to take care of the interests of all sections of society. Another factor against it is that these groups are trying to get powers but without taking any responsibility.

Like political parties, these groups are not bound to face the people in elections and are not accountable to anyone. They do not get any support or money from the masses. Many a time, due to their wealth, but little public support, they try to gain public sympathy in favor of their narrow agenda.

But on the other hand, pressure groups and movements are very much necessary for democracy. If everyone in the country is getting equal opportunity then it is not unhealthy for society. Generally, the government comes under pressure from these rich and influential people. Movements and public interest groups can play a useful role to reduce this undue control and they can tell the government about the needs of the ordinary people from time to time.

Every pressure group and interest group is generally associated with a political party. These groups help the political parties wholeheartedly at the time of elections so that their objectives could be achieved after elections.

Whenever any bill is introduced in Parliament then that bill is sent to permanent committees of the Parliament so that they could study the merits and drawbacks of that bill. These pressure groups influence the members of these committees so that the main features of this bill could be changed according to their interests.

Even different sectional interest groups can play an important role in it. If any interest group tries to influence the government to achieve its aims, then another interest group can also counterattack on the first group and can create hurdles in the desires of the first group. From this, the government can come to know about the needs of the people and can accommodate all of them with conflicting interests.

Question 13.
What is the difference between a pressure group and a political party?
Answer:
A pressure group can be an organized and unorganized group that tries to influence governmental policies and tries to promote its interests. They have some of their aims and they try to achieve those aims by exerting pressure on the government. Generally, the members of these groups are those people who have some of their common interests. They try to control the power with their influence.

But the political party is an organized body that tries to attain the political power of the country by contesting direct elections and by winning the majority. Members of one political party have their common goals and a common ideology.

The main difference between pressure groups and political parties is that pressure groups never try to contest the elections but they want to control the powers indirectly. On the other hand, the political party directly contests the elections to take power into its hands. A pressure group can be organized as well as unorganized but a political party is always an organized group.

Question 14.
What is Democracy? Explain its characteristics, merits, and demerits.
Answer:
Democracy is a form of government in which the people are supposed to govern. In it, the representatives of the people are elected by the voters on the basis of a universal adult franchise. It believes in the concepts like liberty, equality, and fraternity and these are its functional bases. In it, there should be maximum scope for the individual and collective development of society and personality. It has the following characteristics:

  1. Rule of the people. Administration in a democracy is directly or indirectly run by the people and every decision in a democracy is taken by the majority.
  2. The interest of the people. In a democracy, the administration is run in the interest of the people, and the interest of the weaker sections are properly taken care of by the government.
  3. Principle of Equality. The basic principle of democracy is the principle of equality. In a democracy, every person is considered equal. No discrimination is done on the basis of birth, education, wealth, etc. All the citizens are given equal political rights. Every person has been given the right to vote through the universal adult franchise.
  4. Rule of Majority. Democracy is the rule of the majority. Every decision in a democracy is taken by the majority. That party forms the government which gets a majority in elections.

Merits of Democracy-Democracy, in modern times, is considered as the best rule. That is why most of the countries have adopted this concept of democracy. It has certain merits which are given below:
1. It is based on public opinion. Democracy is that system of rule which is based on public opinion and the rule is being run according to the wishes of the people. No importance is given to public opinion in a monarchy and dictatorship and laws are also formed according to public opinion.

2. It is based on the principle of equality. All humans in a democracy are considered equal. No one gets special privileges on the basis of birth, caste, religion, sex, and wealth. General masses are given the right to take part in the decision-making process. All are considered equal.

3. Responsible government. Governments in monarchy and dictatorship are not responsive to anyone but the government in a democracy is responsive to people and the Parliament. Government has to work according to public opinion and cannot work against it as people can remove it from power in the next elections.

4.(iv) Strong and efficient government. The government in a democracy is strong and efficient. The administration is run by the representatives of the people who have the support of the public. Rulers are encouraged by the support of people with which they apply their decisions with full strength. Rulers are controlled by public opinion and they are responsive to the people for their decisions. In this way, it works in an efficient way.

Demerits of Democracy: After looking at the merits of democracy, it seems that this rule is the best but it is not so. This system also has certain demerits which are given below:
1. Principle of equality is unnatural. The main base of democracy is the principle of equality but critics say that equality is unnatural. Even nature has not kept equality among humans. Some are fools, some are wise, some are powerful and some are weak. If nature has kept this type of discrimination then how social, economic and political equality can be kept. This is the biggest demerit of equality that all are given equal rights.

2. Gives importance to quantity than quality. Quantity is given more importance than quality in democracy. In other words, every decision in a democracy is taken by the people. If 100 fools will say anything is right and 99 wises will say this is wrong then the decision of 100 fools will be considered. Representatives of the people are also elected by the majority. Every fool and wise has the right to vote and any wrong person can become the representative of the people.

3. It does not establish a responsive government. The government in a democracy is responsive to people but practically it is not. Leaders hardly care about the people after elections and come back to the public only at the time of the next elections. The majority party hardly cares about the opposition or minority parties.

4. Unstable and weak government. The government in a democracy is unstable and weak. Governments change frequently in a multi-party system. In the absence of a majority, many parties come together to make the government. This type of mixed government can be broken at any time. At the time of a problem, democratic governments prove to be weak. Decisions take a lot of time to be implemented.

Question 15.
What is meant by Political Party? Explain with definitions.
Answer:
Political parties have come to stay in every form of government. Their role is very significant in democracies, as compared with every other form of government. The scholars have attempted definitions of a political party in their own way but each good political party is required to have certain features or characteristics. Similarly, each political party is expected to perform some basic functions without which it cannot maintain its existence. Efforts have also been made to classify political parties but without much success. There are different types of party systems and each type has its own advantages as well as disadvantages.

Political parties have become an essential feature of every form of government. Being a link between the government and the people, these have assumed great significance. There are ideologically strong political parties that observe strong discipline. Although entry into such parties is difficult, those who once join it do not wish to leave it. On the other hand, ideologically weak political parties also exist whose members are not well disciplined.

Members can leave the party at any time. Whereas in some cases it is easy to enter a political party and rise as well, the reverse is the case in other systems. In some countries, there is a single-party system. In it, only one party dominates, and no other political party is allowed to be formed, whereas in other societies, there is the multi-party system and in still others, there is a mushroom of political parties.

The strength and Weakness of a political party, however, depends on the active participation and strength of its members. Its legitimacy depends on the way by which it has come to power. In a democracy, its popularity and mass base is reflected by the number of votes polled at the time of elections.

Definitions
Each political party consists of persons who have a common program on political issues to which they have agreed and are prepared to implement that on a common line of action. Each political party tries to seek political power either single-handedly or in cooperation with any other political party or parties.

  1. According to Burke, “It is a body of men united for promoting by their joint endeavors the national interests upon some political principles in which they all are agreed.”
  2. According to Gilchrist, “It is an organized group of citizens who profess to share the same political views and who by acting as a political unit try to control the government.”
  3. According to Finer, “A political party is an organized body with voluntary membership its concerted energy being employed in the pursuit of political power.”
  4. According to G. C. Field, “A political party is nothing else but a voluntary association of people for the purpose of attaining political power.”
  5. According to Prof. Gettel,” A political party consists of a group of citizens more or less organized who act as a political unit and who by the use of their voting power aim to control the government and carry out their general policies.”

In this way on the basis of these definitions, we can say that a political party is an organized group that is tied with certain rules. Its membership is optional and can be attained or left at any time. It is the association of the people whose only aim is to obtain political power because of which they collectively make some efforts. Views of its members are common because they all belong to one party.

Question 16.
Explain certain features of the political party.
Answer:
1. In a democracy, every political party wants to create its own identity among other political parties of the country.

2. Since the Political interests and views of the members differ, therefore, policies and programs of each political party also differ. Each party separates itself from the other on the basis of its political program. The aim of each political party is to capture the power and if already in power, to retain it.

3. A political party should be well organized and its members should gladly accept the codes of conduct of the party. The members should keep party discipline above everything else.

4. Another characteristic of a political party is that its members should believe in some common program to which they have already agreed. They uphold the soundness of that at every stage.

5. It should have continuity in its activities and programs. It should organize itself on the basis of some programs because if the charisma of the leader is the basis of a party then it cannot remain in existence for long. It will end as soon as the charisma of the leader fades away.

6. The members of a good party should be agreeable on some common line of action for the implementation of their agreed programs. If that is not the case, then conflicts are bound to arise which can lead to its disintegration.

7. It should be prepared to shoulder responsibilities and should not be satisfied by having been in the opposition or by criticizing the party in power. It should be prepared to form the government either on its own or in coalition with other like-minded political parties. Not only this but it should use all legal means to capture the power and by all means try to convince the electorates that its programs are not only mere theories but if given a chance, these can be put into practice as well.

8. A political party should try to have the mass base or popular support because without that the electorates will never return it to power and it shall not be in a position to implement its political programs.

9. It should try to protect national over regional or local interests and for this purpose, it should try to get the support of citizens and not involve the foreigners or those who are anti-national. It is, however, left to each political party to identify the areas of national interest and fix its priorities.

10. It should always have faith in constitutional means a political party that beliefs in extra-constitutional means will never be allowed to function in any form of government and its activities will immediately be banned.

Question 17.
Explain different functions of political parties.
Answer:
1. Formation of Public Opinion. The electorates usually cannot have the same opinion. These may have constructive individual opinions that are of no use to the nation. It is the function of the political parties to consolidate public opinion and give that a constructive shape. If political parties do not come to the front there will be a multitude of opinions without any channels of expression. It is only through the change of these parties that multitudes of these ideas are molded, formulated, and given a definite and clear shape.

2. To Impart Political Education. The people are usually busy and have no resources to get proper political education. With ever-growing economic needs, the people are forced to devote much of their time and attention to solve their economic problems. It is only at the time of elections that the political parties organize vast and large-scale meetings, seminars, etc., by which the people get very much politically educated. They come to know about the various aspects of the problems facing the nation only through political parties.

3. Link between the Elected and Electorates. Political parties act as a link between the elected and the electorates. Without these parties, the elected have no methods of knowing the feeling of the electorates. Similarly, the electorates have no method to tell their grievances to the elected without this channel. The members of political parties always remain in close touch with the electorates, know their feelings, ideas, views, and opinions, and convey them on to their party leaders. Thus, they are a useful link between the elected and electorate.

4. Help in the Selection of Candidates. Political parties help in the selection of candidates at the time of general elections. The voters personally do not know the candidates and their views and ideas about political problems. Without them, it would have been rather impossible to select suitable candidates. It is through these parties that the candidates can most conveniently be selected. A candidate is known by the label of this political party. In fact, he is not voted for his individual views but for the views of his political party. He is responsible to the political party for all his deeds and misdeeds.

5. Help in Redressing the Grievances of the People. Each political party helps in getting the grievances of the people redressed. Parties try their best to see that the people do not feel very much hard-pressed about their problems. They also see that through their agency, the difficulties are redressed so that all credit goes to them. More particularly, the political party in power is very much careful about this. It knows completely well that even a little slackness on its part can result in the dissatisfaction of people who may not vote for them at the time of the next general elections, thereby unseating it from power and authority.

Similarly, parties in opposition are also careful in this regard. They are well aware that active work on their part can bring satisfaction to the people who will vote for them at the time of general elections and thus can bring them in power and authority.

6. These are responsive to Public Opinion. Political parties make the party in power responsive to public opinion. The party clearly knows that it must respect the sentiments of the public and its wishes if it is to enjoy the confidence of the masses. Any failure in this regard can result in serious troubles and consequences.

Regional Aspirations Class 12 Important Extra Questions Political Science Chapter 8

Here we are providing Class 12 Political Science Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Regional Aspirations. Political Science Class 12 Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Political Science Chapter 8 Important Extra Questions Regional Aspirations

Regional Aspirations Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What will happen if the regions are not given their due share in decision-making at the national level? (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Answer:
The best way to respond to regional aspiration is through democratic negotiations. Suppression of the movement gives the wrong color. The government of India tries to negotiate with regional problems and this produces a reconciliation the example of Mizoram proves that political settlement can resolve the problem of separation effectively. Regions must have a share in deciding the destiny of the nation as they together form the nation. If the regions are not given their share at the national level, the feeling of alignment and injustice destroys the mutual harmony.

Question 2.
How far did the Rajiv Gandhi-Longowal Accord succeed in bringing normalcy to Punjab? (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Answer:
In July 1985, Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi reached an agreement with Sant Harchand Singh Longowal known as the Rajiv Gandhi-Longowal Accord, to bring normalcy in Punjab. However, peace did not come easily. The cycle of violence continued for a decade. Militancy and counter-insurgency violence led to excesses by the police and violation of human rights. It ultimately compelled the central government to impose President’s rule in the state. During the election of 1992, only 24% of the elector turned out to vote. Militancy was eventually eradicated by the security forces. After post militancy era in 1997, Akali Dal along with BJP scored a major victory and politics has gradually moved back along secular lines

Question 3.
While the rest of the country was reorganized on linguistic lines in the 1950s, why had Punjab wait till 1966? (C B.S.E. 2016)
Answer:
Punjab had to wait till 1966, because the leaders of Punjab were not in favor of division, as the division would have divided the resources of Punjab. This was not justified for the development of Punjab.

Question 4.
In your opinion, was the Anandpur Sahib’s resolution a plea for strengthening federalism or a plea for a separate Sikh nation. (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Answer:
Anandpur Sahib resolution was a plea for strengthening federalism and not a plea for a separate Sikh nation.

Question 5.
Assess the role of democratic negotiations in responding to regional aspirations. (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Answer:
Democratic negotiations are very much helpful in solving the regional aspirations, for example, terrorism in Punjab, problems of north-east of India, Mizoram problem, etc all regional problems can only be solved through democratic and peaceful ways only.

Question 6.
How was the reorganization of North-East India completed and by when? (Imp.) (C.B.S.E. 2016)
Answer:
The reorganization of the North-East was completed by 1972. Instead of one tribal state, several states got carved out of Assam. Central Government had to create Meghalaya, Mizoram, and Arunachal Pradesh out of Assam, Tripura, and Manipur were upgraded into a state too.

Question 7.
“Jammu and Kashmir comprise of some social and political regions.” Support the statement with any two examples from any two regions. (C.B.S.E. 2019)
Answer:

  1. Kashmir: Kashmir valley is the heart of the Kashmir region. The majority of the people are Muslims and Kashmiri speaking. Hindus are in minority.
  2. Jammu: Jammu region is a mixture of foothills and plains. It is having people of Hindu, Muslims and Sikh community and they speak various languages.

Question 8.
Analyze the thesis propounded by E.V. Ramaswami Naicker popularly known as Periyar. (C.B.S.E. 2019)
Answer:
E.V. Ramaswami Naicker is known as a strong supporter of atheism. He was famous for his anticaste struggle. He propounded the thesis that worth Indians and Brahmins are Aryan. He opposed Hindi and the domination of north India.

Question 9.
What was ‘operation Blue Star’? Why did it hurt the sentiments of the Sikh Community? (C.B.S.E. 2016)
Or
Why was operation blue star launched? (C.B.S.E. Sample Q.P. 2017)
Answer:
On 5th June 1984, a military operation took place in the Golden Temple of Amritsar, the most important and pious place of the Sikh Community. This operation the Golden Temple, is known as the ‘Blue Star Operation’ Due to the sanctity of the Golden Temple, the operation ‘Blue Star’ hurt the sentiments of the Sikh Community.

Question 10.
How was the Naxalite movement splintered into various political parties and organizations of India? (C.B.S.E. Sample Q.P. 2017)
Answer:
The Maoist movement started in the year 1967 in Bengal. In 1969 the Maoists got separated from CPI (M) and under the leadership of Charu Majumdar they formed the party C.P.I. (Marxist-Leninist). Later this movement formed C.P.I. (M.L. Liberation)

Question 11.
What does the special status given to Jammu and Kashmir under Article 370 mean? (C.B.S.E. 2014)
Answer:

  1. Article 370 provides a separate constitution for the state of Jammu and Kashmir. But no other state of India has a separate constitution.
  2. Under Article 370, the Residuary Powers belong to Jammu and Kashmir state, whereas for another state it belongs to the Union Parliament.

But on 5-6 August, 2019 Article 370 abrogated from the Indian constitution.

Question 12.
With which objectives DMK made its entry into Indian Politics? (C.B.S.E. Sample Q.P. 2017)
Answer:

  1. the First objective was the restoration of the original name of Kallakudi railway station which had been renamed Dalmiapuram.
  2. the Secondary objective was for giving Tamil cultural history greater importance in the school curriculum.

Regional Aspirations Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Why were the seven small states created in North-East India? (Imp.) (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
The Partition of India in 1947 had reduced the North-East to a land-locked region and affected its economy. Cut-off from the rest of India, the region suffered neglect in developmental terms. These states also underwent major demographic changes due to the influx of migrants from neighboring states and countries. Therefore, for boosting the economy seven small states were created in the North-East.

Question 2.
When was the first democratic election to Sikkim Assembly held and which party swept the elections? (Imp.) (C.B.S.E. 2013)
Answer:
The first democratic election to Sikkim Assembly was held in 1974 and the Sikkim Congress party won the elections.

Q.3.
Justify that, “Regionalism is not as dangerous as Communalism.” (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
Regionalism only denotes a feeling of love for a particular region, while communalism encourages communal riots.

Question 4.
Why do some people feel that Article 370 should be revoked? (Imp.) (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
Some people feel that Article 370 should be revoked because Article 370 does not allow full integration of the Jammu and Kashmir State with India.

Therefore, on 5-6 August 2019, Article 370 was abrogated from the Indian constitution.

Question 5.
The States of which region of India are referred to a ‘Seven Sisters’? (C.B.SE. 2013)
Answer:
The states of the North-East (Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Manipur, Nagaland, Mizoram, and Tripura) region of India are referred to as the ‘Seven Sisters’.

Question 6.
Mention any one point of; agreement included in the Rajiv • Gandhi Logowal Accord. (C.B.S.E. 2013)
Answer:
To resolve the border dispute between Punjab and Haryana, a commission would be established.

Question 7.
Which organization of Assam led the movement against foreign: national in 1979? (C.B.S.E. 2013)
Or
Which student group led the anti-foreigner movement in Assam? (C.B.S.E. 2014)
Answer:
All Assam Students Union.

Question 8.
How far is the demand for reservation beyond SCs, STs, and OBCs, justified? (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Answer:
The demand for reservation beyond SCs, STs, and OBCs should be based on economic conditions. Because poor people of every class of the society need help.

Question 9.
Why is violence between two communities considered a threat to democracy? (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Answer:
It is true that violence between two communities is considered a threat to democracy. India’s democratic politics is based on the premise that all religious communities enjoy the freedom that they may join any party. It is also accepted that there will not be community-based political parties. Even then the democratic atmosphere of the country faced many challenges during the anti-Sikh riots of 1984, violence in Gujrat in 2002, demolition of Babri Masjid in 1992, etc. Thus communal riots are against democratic norms.

Choose the correct answer:

Question 10.
In which year agreement took place between Sheikh Abdullah and Prime Minister Indira Gandhi?
(a) 1970
(b) 1974
(c) 1976
(d) 1980.
Answer:
(b) 1974.

Question 11.
When Anandpur Sahib Resolution was passed?
(a) 1962
(b) 1965
(c) 1967
(d) 1973.
Answer:
(d) 1973.

Question 12.
Who was the leader of the Naga National Council?
(a) V.P. Singh
(b) Lai Denga
(c) Karunanidhi
(d) Angame Zapu Phizo.
Answer:
(d) Angami Zapu Phizo.

Question 13.
Correct and rewrite the statement. Ravi, Beas river dispute was resolved between Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, and Uttarakhand. (Sample Paper 2019-20)
Answer:
Ravi, the Bears river dispute was resolved between Punjab, Haryana, and Rajasthan.

Regional Aspirations Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Why did the movement for Secession in the Mizo Hills area gain popular support? How was the Problem solved? (C.B.S.E. 20IS)
Or
Why and how did the Mizo Movement for secession gain Popular Support? (Imp.) (CM.S.E. 2016)
Answer:
The inhabitants of Mizo Hills in Assam demanded Secession from the Indian Union and established Mizo National Front to get their demand conceded. The Mizos organized armed agitation and commenced guerilla warfare. The MNF was banned during Chinese aggression. The government, keeping their aspirations in view decided to make the Mizo Hills area a Union Territory, which was inaugurated by Prime Minister Smt. Indira Gandhi on 21st January 1972. It was named Mizoram. However, Mizos headed by Laldenga were not satisfied with this arrangement. Ultimately in 1986, a peace agreement was signed between Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi and Laldenga. Under this agreement, Mizoram was granted full-fledged statehood. Laldenga was made the Chief Minister of Mizoram.

Question 2.
What are the factors that fuel the fire of separatism in India?
Answer:
Following are the reasons that cause separatism in India:

  1. Geographical and Cultural Causes. After independence, the states were reorganized on the basis of old boundaries and so the people living in one state could not develop the feeling of oneness. Generally, language and culture lead to regional sentiments.
  2. Historical Causes. History has contributed to the origin of regionalism doubly i.e., positively and negatively which leads to separatism. Origin of Shiv Sena is a proof of positive contribution and Dravida Munnetra Kazgham a negative one.
  3. Language. Norman D. Palmer believes that much of the political concerns the question of regionalism and language. He opines that the problem of regionalism is candidly connected with language. India is a multi-lingual country and people speaking various languages initiated intense movements for separate states. Indian Government, by organizing states on a linguistic basis, has created a never-ending problem.
  4. Caste. Caste, too, has contributed significantly to the origin of regionalism. Domination of a single caste at a place leads to a violent form of regionalism.

Question 3.
Explain the rise of political violence in the North-Eastern parts of India. (C.B.S.E. 2009)
Answer:
After independence, three issues dominate the politics of the North East, demands for autonomy, movements for secessions, and opposition to outsiders. Mizo National Front (MNF) was formed under the leadership of Laldenga. In 1966, the MNF started an armed campaign for independence. There was political violence for two decades. The MNF fought a guerilla war. In 1986, an agreement was signed between Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi and Laldenga. Under this agreement, Mizoram was given full statehood. In Nagaland, Naga National Council Launched an armed struggle for sovereignty of Nagas. In Assam, there was a big movement against outsiders. This Movement involved many tragic and violent incidents leading to the loss of property and human lives.

Question 4.
What lessons can we draw from the feeling of alienation in some parts of India? (C.B.S.E. 2009)
Answer:
After independence in some parts of India, there was a feeling of alienation among the people. We can draw the following lesson from the feelings of alienation:

  • There is a great need to remove disparities among the different regions of the nation.
  • Special attention should be given to the development of backward areas.

Regional Aspirations Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Mention important changes after repeating Article 370. (C.B.S.E. 2015):
Answer:
Important changes after repeating Article 370 on 5-6 August 2019 by the Indian Government were following:

  1. Jammu and Kashmir will have no separate flag or constitution. Tenure of the assembly will be for 5 years and not 6. Indian Penal Code will replace Ranbir Penal Code.
  2. People from other states, who were barred from purchasing land and properties will now be eligible to do so. Immovable property can be transferred to a non-state subject Non-permanent residents can permanently settle in-state.
  3. Outsiders can now be employed in state government and companies and will also be eligible for scholarship in state run institutions.
  4. RTI Act will be applicable in J&K, there can now be a quota for minorities.
  5. The schemes that were earlier on paper will be implemented on the ground.
  6. Children will get the right to education.
  7. The girl child in J&K was deprived of marrying outside the state, but now they are equal rights like the rest of India.
  8. Dalits and minorities will be given the same benefits from the laws meant to protect them.
  9. People will get all benefits from the reservation laws passed by the central government.
  10. Proper protection for the rights of Dalit tribal- people, scheduled tribes and forest tribal people, and scheduled castes.
  11. Dual citizenship present in Jammu & Kashmir.
  12. Ladakh separated from Jammu and Kashmir. Now both Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh were Union Territory.
  13. India now has 28 states and 9 Union Territories.

Question 2.
Describe any three obstacles that delayed the merger of Jammu and Kashmir with India. (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
Jammu and Kashmir mainly comprise three social, political, and geographical regions Ladakh, Kashmir, and Jammu. The Ladakh area is mountainous with a little population of Buddhists and Muslims. Kashmir valley is very beautiful in which Muslims are in majority and Kashmiri Hindus are in minority. Jammu region is a mix of foot-hills plains inhabited by Hindu-Muslims-Sikhs and others. Following are the obstacles that delayed the merger of Jammu and Kashmir with India.
1. British government before independence declared that it is the free will of Princely states to merge with Pakistan or India or remain as Independent states. The people of Jammu Kashmir did not want to merge with India and tried to have an independent state.

2. Sheikh Abdullah, the popular leader of the National Conference, though wanted to get rid of Maharaja Hari Singh ruler of Kashmir, but was against joining Pakistan. National Conference was getting help from Congress and leaders like Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru.

In Oct. 1947 Pakistan sent some tribal forces to capture Kashmir and then Hari Singh-Maharaja was forced for help from India. India gave military help and as a result, one part of Kashmir came under Pakistan known as ‘Azad Kashmir’.

3. There is another dispute about the State of Kashmir within the Indian Union. Kashmir was given a special status by Article 370 in our constitution as compared to other states of India. The state has its own constitution which is different from the democracy practiced in the rest of India.

On 5-6 August 2019, Article 370 was abrogated from the Indian constitution, Ladhakh separated from J&K. Both J&K and Ladakh become Union territories. Therefore now in India, there are 28 states and 9 Union Territories.

Question 3.
Describe the role of E.V. Ramaswami ‘Periyar’ in the Dravid Movement and the formation of Dravid Kazhagam (D.K). Why did the DK gets split and enter into politics as DMK? (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
The Dravidian movement was one of the first regional movements in Indian politics. The Dravidian movement was led under the leadership of Tamil social reformer E.V. Ramaswami ‘Periyar’. The organization opposed the dominance of Brahmins. It used democratic means like debates and an electoral platform to achieve its ends. Through these means, the party on the movement acquire political power in the state and also became influential at the national level also earlier the movement spoke in terms of the whole of South India, but due to lack of support from other states, the movement limited to Tamil Nadu only.

The Dravidian movement ultimately got split and was transferred to Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK). The DMK made its entry into politics with three agitations.

Firstly, it demanded the restoration of the original name Kallakudi railway station instead of Dalmiapuram.

Secondly, agitation was for giving more importance to Tamil culture in school curricula.

Thirdly, agitation was against the craft education scheme of the state government. The DMK alleged that craft education was linked to Brahmanical social outlook. It also agitated against Hindu as the country’s official language Anti-Hindi agitation got successful in 1965 and it added to DMK’s popularity.

Question 4.
Describe the process of Goa’s liberation and becoming a State of the Indian Union. {Imp.) {C.B.S.E. 2015)
Or
Describe the story of Goa’s liberation from the Portuguese to its becoming a state of the Indian Union. (C.B.S.E. 2016)
Answer:
India got Independence in 1947 from British rule, yet Portugal refused to withdraw colonial rule from Goa, Daman, and Diu. The Portuguese during their long rule carried out forced religious conversions. After independence Indian government tried, peacefully, to persuade the Portuguese government to withdraw its possession from Goa, etc., but of no use. Socialists Satyagrah from Maharashtra strengthened the popular movement within Goa. In December 1961, the Indian government sent armies to liberate these territories. After two days of struggle Goa, Diu and Daman became Union territory.

Maharashtrawadi Gomantak Party (MGP) tried to merge Goa with Maharashtra but Goans were keen to retain a separate identity and culture. In January 1967, the Central Government held a special ‘opinion poll’, and the majority of Goan people voted in favor of remaining outside of Maharashtra. Finally, in 1987, Goa became a state of the Indian Union.

Question 5.
Describe any two secessionist movements of North-East India. (C.B.S.E. 2013)
Answer:
1. Mizo-Movements: The inhabitants of Mizo Hills in Assam demanded secession from the Indian Union and established Mizo National Front (MNF) to get their demands conceded. The Mizos organized armed agitation and commenced guerilla warfare. The MNF was banned during Chinese aggression. The government, keeping their aspirations in view, decided to make the Mizo Hills area a Union Territory, which was inaugurated by Prime Minister Smt. Indira Gandhi on 21st January 1972. It was named Mizoram. However, Mizos headed by Laldenga were not satisfied with this arrangement. Ultimately in 1986, a peace agreement was signed between Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi and Laldenga. Under this agreement, Mizoram was granted full-fledged statehood. Laldenga was made the Chief Minister of Mizoram.

2. Naga Movement: Nagas led by Angami Zapu Phizo demanded secession from the Indian Union. A section of the Nagas declared Independence from Indian Union in 1951. The Naga National Council (NNC) started an armed struggle for sovereignty. After a long violent period, the Nagas signed an agreement with the Government of India. The problem of Nagas still awaits a final resolution, because the agreement was not acceptable to other rebel groups.

Question 6.
Which three lessons do we learn from regional aspirations and their: accommodation as an integral part of: democratic politics? Describe. (C. B. S JE. 2016)
Answer:
The period since 1980 accentuated regional aspirations ranging from demands of statehood, economic development to autonomy and separation keep coming up. We learn from the following lessons.
1. Regional aspirations are very much a part of democratic politics. Expression of regional issues is very much a normal phenomenon. India has large and diverse democracy and she should deal with regional aspirations on a regular basis.

2. Secondly, the best way to respond to regional aspirations is through democratic negotiations. Suppression of the movement gives the wrong color. The government of India reached negotiated settlement with regional movements and this produced a reconciliation. The example of Mizoram proves that political settlement can resolve the problem of separatism effectively.

3. Thirdly, the regions together form the nation. So regions must have a share in deciding the destiny of a nation. Groups and parties from the region must be given a share in power at the state level. If the regions are not given share at the national level, the feeling of alignment and injustice destroys the mutual harmony.

Question 7.
Describe the advantages of the democratic approach to the question of diversity in uniting a large country like India. (C.B.S.K 20IS)
Answer:
India is a vast country and people belonging to various religions and castes live here. Many religions in the country are developed while others are underdeveloped. The standard of living of the people of U.P., Bihar, Assam, Himachal Pradesh, and Nagaland is very low. The regional feeling and regional imbalances encourage the feeling of separatism in India.

Social tension and violence is the biggest hurdle in the way of a successful democracy. It always exists in one part of the country or the other because of economic inequality and regional feelings.

In India, people have the right to express their regional aspirations. Besides this, in democratic politics, there is a full opportunity for different political parties to represent the regional aspirations of native people. Regional aspiration is a very strong aspect of democratic politics and due weight and importance are given to it.

Question 8.
Briefly describe the story of Sikkim from the time of India’s MMJ independence to its merger with India. (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
By 1947, Sikkim became a protectorate state of India’ means it was neither a part of India, but nor a fully sovereign country also. Sikkim’s monarch Chogyal was just an internal administrator, whereas defense and foreign relations were looked after by the Indian government. The majority of Sikkim’s population was Nepali and they were against the rulers. Anti- Chogyal leaders got help from India and in 1974 in the Sikkim assembly election, Sikkim Congress voted for greater integration with India. The Indian Parliament accepted the popular approval of the Sikkim Assembly and Sikkim became the 22nd State of the Indian Union. Though Chogyal did not accept this merger yet it enjoyed popular support.

Question 9.
Describe the three major issues in the North-Eastern states of India. (C.B.S.E. Sample Q.P. 2017)
Answer:
Following are the three major issues in the North-Eastern states in India.
1. Demand for Autonomy. The first major issue of North-Easter states is the Demand for Autonomy. Demand for Autonomy arose when the non-Assamese felt that the Assam government was imposing the Assamese language on them.

2. Secessionist movement:
1. Mizo-Movements: The inhabitants of Mizo Hills in Assam demanded secession from the Indian Union and established Mizo National Front (MNF) to get their demands conceded. The Mizos organized armed agitation and commenced guerilla warfare. The MNF was banned during Chinese aggression. The government, keeping their aspirations in view, decided to make the Mizo Hills area a Union Territory, which was inaugurated by Prime Minister Smt. Indira Gandhi on 21st January 1972. It was named Mizoram. However, Mizos headed by Laldenga were not satisfied with this arrangement. Ultimately in 1986, a peace agreement was signed between Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi and Laldenga. Under this agreement, Mizoram was granted full-fledged statehood. Laldenga was made the Chief Minister of Mizoram.

2. Naga Movement: Nagas led by Angami Zapu Phizo, demanded secession from the Indian Union. A section of the Nagas declared Independence from Indian Union in 1951. The Naga National Council (NNC) started an armed struggle for sovereignty. After a long violent period, the Nagas signed an agreement with the Government of India. The problem of Nagas still awaits a final resolution, because the agreement was not acceptable to other rebel groups.

3. Movements against outsides: The large-scale migration into the North-East gave rise to a unique problem. i.e., the local people pitted against outsiders migrants. In many states of North-East, local people started political and social movements against the outsiders because the latter not only influenced their culture but also exploited the natural resources for their benefit.

Question 10.
While trying to forge and retain unity in diversity in India, there are many difficult issues that are yet to be tackled. Describe any three such areas of tension. (C.B.S.E. 2016)
Answer:
1. Jammu and Kashmir and 370. Kashmir issue is a major issue of tension. The accession of Jammu and Kashmir to India was brought into being on 26th Oct. 1949. Article 370 was included in the Indian constitution in order to satisfy the political aspirations of the people of Jammu and Kashmir. Article 370 gives special status to Jammu and Kashmir. The state of Jammu and Kashmir has its own Constitution, separate flag, and separate law or citizenship. Article 370 is very important for the people of Jammu and Kashmir.

Article 370 is included in the Indian Constitution in order to satisfy the political aspirations of the people of Jammu and Kashmir. Article 370 gives special status to Jammu and Kashmir. Sardar Patel declared in the Indian Constituent Assembly, “In view of the special problem with which the Jammu and Kashmir government is faced we have made special provisions for the continuance of the state with the Union on the existing basis. The state of Jammu and Kashmir has its own Constitution, separate flag, and separate law of citizenship. Moreover, the control of the Union Government over the state of Jammu and Kashmir is not as effective as it is in other states. Changes in Article 370 can be made by the Parliament but with the consent of the government of Jammu and Kashmir.

On 5-6 August 2019, Article 370 was abrogated from Indian Constitution, Ladakh separate from J&K. Both J&K and Ladakh become Union Territories. Therefore now in India, there are 28 states and 9 Union Territories.

2. Problem of North-East: After independence three issues dominate the politics of North-East, demands for autonomy, movements for secessions, and opposition to outsiders. Mizo National Front (MNF) was formed under the leadership of Laldenga. In 1966 the MNF started an armed campaign for independence. There was political violence for two decades. The MNF fought a guerilla war. In 1986 agreement was signed between Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi and Laldenga. Under this agreement, Mizoram was given full statehood. In Nagaland, Naga National Council Launched an armed struggle for sovereignty of Nagas. In Assam, there was a big Movement against outsiders. This Movement involved many tragic and violent incidents leading to the loss of property and human lives.

3. Movement for a separate state. Another tension in India is a various movement going on for separate states.

Question 11.
Read the passage and answer the questions that follow. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018)

Article 370 gives greater autonomy to Jammu and Kashmir as compared to other states of India. The state has its own constitution. All provisions of the Indian constitution are not applicable to the state. Laws passed by the Parliament apply to J & K only if the state agrees. This special status has provoked two opposite reactions. There is a section of people outside J&K that believe that the special status of the state conferred by article 370 does not allow full integration of the state with India. This section feels that Article 370 should therefore be revoked and J&K should be like any other state in India.
(a) The people of Kashmir have strongly resisted the question of repeal of article 370 from the Indian Constitution. Analyze any three reasons for the same.

1. Scrapping of Article-370 would be a breach of faith not only with the leaders of Jammu and Kashmir; particularly leaders of the National Conference, but also with the Constituent Assembly of the state and the people of Jammu and Kashmir.

2. Article-370 can be scrapped only by the method of amendment in the Indian Constitution which is not so easy because National Parties like the Indian National Congress, CPI, and CPM favor the retention of Article-370. Thus, the scrapping of Article-370 is unrealistic.

3. The best way to delete Article 370 is to persuade and convince the people of Jammu and Kashmir. So that the demand for scrapping Article 370 comes from the people of Jam mu and Kashmir.

(b) Suggest any two steps that can be taken to improve the situation in Kashmir.
Answer:

  1. The government should generate more employment in the state.
  2. Pakistan is supported terrorism should be stopped in state.

Question 12.
In the given political outline map of India, five states have been marked as A, B, C, D, and E. Identify these States on the basis of the information given below and write their correct name in your answer-book along with the respective serial number of the information used and the concerned alphabet as per the following format: (C.B.S.E. 2018)
(i) The State where the Jallianwala Bagh massacre took place.
(ii) The State where a Dairy Cooperative Movement under the name ‘Amur was launched.
(iii) The State was benefited from the ‘Green Revolution’.
(iv) The State which was created in 2000.
(v) The State which faced a near-famine situation during the 1960s.

Political Science Class 12 Important Questions Chapter 8 Regional Aspirations im-1
Answer:

Sr. No. of the information used Concerned Alphabet      Name of the State
(i) D Punjab
(ii) E Gujarat
(iii) A Uttar Pradesh
(iv) B Chhatisgarh
(v) C Bihar

Note: The following questions are for the Visually Impaired candidates only, in lieu of the above question
1. In which State did the Jallianwala Bagh massacre take place?
Answer:
‘Jallianwalla Bagh massacre take place in Punjab.

2. In which State was the ‘AmuF Milk Dairy Cooperative Movement started?
Answer:
‘Amul’ Milk Dairy cooperative movement started in Gujarat.

3. Name the State which was created in the year 2000.
Answer:
Chhatisgarh

4. Name the State in the East of India which came into existence due to bifurcation at the time of partition in 1947.
Answer:
West Bengal

5. Which two States were the most benefitted by the Green Revolution?
Answer:
Uttar Pradesh and Haryana

Question 13.
Read the passage given below carefully and answer the questions that follow: (C.B.S.E. 2017)

Movements are not only about collective assertions or only about rallies and protests. They involve a gradual process of coming together of people with similar problems, similar demands, and similar expectations. But then movements are also about making people aware of their rights and the expectations that they can have from democratic institutions. Social movements in India have been involved in these educative tasks for a long time and have thus contributed to the expansion of democracy rather than causing disruptions.
(i) Mention anyone’s right granted to the people of India as a result of any movement.
Answer:
One right the ‘right to information’ is granted to the people of India as a result of movement.

(ii) How far do you agree that social movements have contributed to the expansion of democracy rather than causing disruption?
Answer:
The studies of popular movements are very helpful in understanding the nature of democratic
politics. Non-party movements are neither sporadic in nature nor are these a problem. These movements have proved very helpful in solving some problems of party-politics and thus these movements should be seen as an integral part of our democratic life.

Generally, in these movements poor workers, farmers, and economically and socially backward sections of the society participate. These people have no voice in the routine working of democracy. Hence, their grievances and voices have some say through these movements.

(iii) What is the relationship between the movements and the democratic institutions?
Answer:
The democratic institutions and the movements have a deep relationship. The movements are also about making people aware of their rights and the expectations that they have from democratic institutions. Social movements, thus, contributed to the expansion of democracy rather than causing disruption.

Question 14.
Describe the external and internal disputes responsible for making the politics of Jammu and Kashmir continuously controversial. (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Or
Analyze any three main causes of unrest in Jammu and Kashmir? (C.B.S.E. 2019)
Answer:
The politics of Jammu and Kashmir always remained controversial and conflict-ridden both for external and internal reasons. The problem of Jammu – Kashmir poses inter-linked national security. Pakistan claims Jammu and Kashmir based on its majority Muslim population, whereas China claims the Shaksam valley and Aksai Chin, externally, the Kashmir conflict is a territorial conflict primarily between India and Pakistan, having started just after the partition of India in 1947, China has at times played a minor role. India and Pakistan have fought three wars over Kashmir including the Indo-Pakistan wars of 1947 and 1965 as well as the Kargil war of 1999.

Internally, there is a dispute about the status of Kashmir within the Indian Union. Kashmir was given a special status by article 370, which gives greater autonomy to Jammu Kashmir compared to other states of India. According to this article, the state has its own constitution, all provisions of the Indian Constitution are not applicable to the state and even the laws passed by the parliament, apply to Jammu and Kashmir, only if the state agrees.

This special status has provoked two reactions. One section outside of Jammu-Kashmir feels that Article 370 should be revoked. Whereas a section of Kashmiris demand that special federal status guaranteed by Article 370, has not been given in practice, thirdly, the people of the state demand for a ‘free and fair’ plebiscite to allow the Kashmiri people to decide their future.

On 5-6 August 2019, Article 370 was abrogated from Indian Constitution, Ladhakh separated from J&K. Both J&K and Ladakh become Union Territories. Therefore now in India, there are 28 states and 9 Union Territories.

Question 15.
In the given political outline map of India, five states have been marked as (§), ©, ® and (E). Identify these states on the basis of the information given below and write their correct names in your answer book along with their respective serial number of the information used and the concerned alphabets as per the following format. (C.B.S.E. Sample Paper 2018)

Political Science Class 12 Important Questions Chapter 8 Regional Aspirations im-2
(i) A state where the Chipko movement was carried out.
(ii) A state that was carved out of Assam in 1972.
(iii) A northeastern state that is suffering from the separatist movement
(iv) The latest state of Indian Union.
(v) A state where an organization of Dalit panthers was formed.
Answer:

Corresponding numbers              Answer Corresponding Alphabets
(i) Uttarakhand B
(ii) Meghalaya E
(iii) Nagaland C
(iv) Telangana D
(v) Maharashtra A

Note: The following questions are for the Visually impaired children in lieu of the above question
(i) State which was the protectorate of India but became 22nd state of Indian Union.
Answer:
Sikkim

(ii) In which year Goa became a state of the Indian Union.
Answer:
1987

(iii) State where the Chipko Movement began.
Answer:
Uttarakhand

(iv) State where the operation Blue Star was launched.
Answer:
Punjab

(v) A state associated with the formation of DK, DMK, and AIADMK
Answer:
Tamil Nadu

Question 16.
“Jammu and Kashmir are one of the living examples of Plural society and politics.”Justify the statement with any three suitable arguments (C.B.S.E. 2018)
Answer:
No doubt, Jammu and Kashmir are living examples of a plural society. Jammu and Kashmir has three social and political regions

  1. Jammu
  2. Kashmir
  3. Ladakh.

Kashmir: Kashmir valley is the heart of the Kashmir region. The majority of the people are Muslims and Kashmiri speaking. Hindus are in minority.

Jammu: Jammu region is a mixture of foot-hills and plans. It is having people of Hindu Muslims and Sikh community and they speak various languages.

Ladakh: It is a mountainous region having very little population equally divided between Buddhists and Muslims.

On 5-6 August 2019, Article 370 was abrogated from Indian Constitution, Ladhakh separated from J&K. Both J&K and Ladakh become Union Territories. Therefore now in India, there are 28 states and 9 Union Territories.

Question 17.
In the given political outline map of India, five states have been marked as A, B, C, D, and E. Identify these states on the basis of the information given below and write their correct names in your answer book along with their respective serial number of the information used and the concerned alphabets as per the following format. (C.B.S.E. Sample Q.P. 2017)

Political Science Class 12 Important Questions Chapter 8 Regional Aspirations im-3
(i) State which was the protectorate of India but become 22nd state of the Indian union
(ii) State which is related with article 370 of Indian constitution
(iii) State where the Chipko Movement began
(iv) State where The Operation Blue Star was launched (u) State which is highly affected the Naxalites
Answer:

S. No. of the in formation used Alphabet Concerned Name of the State
(i) State which was the Protectorate of India but became 22nd state of Indian Union E Sikkim
(ii) State which is related with article 370 of Indian Constitution A Jammu and Kashmir
(iii) State were the Chipko movement began C Uttarakhand
(iv) State where the operation and Blue Star was launched D Punjab
(v) State which is highly affected the Naxalites B Bengal

Question 18.
Highlight any three provisions of Article 370 which provide special status to the state of Jammu and Kashmir. Also, examine the two opposite reactions provoked by this status among the people. (C.B.S.E. 2019)
Answer:
Following are the three provisions of Article 370:

  1. Jammu and Kashmir are given a special status by Article 370.
  2. Jammu and Kashmir have their own constitution.
  3. All provisions of the Indian constitution are not applicable to the state.

Following two opposite reactions provoked by this status:

  1. Article 370 does not allow full integration of the state with India.
  2. This class feels that Article 370 should be revoked.

On 5-6 August 2019, Article 370 was abrogated from the Indian Constitution Ladhakh separated from J&K. Both J&K and Ladakh become Union Territories. Therefore now in India, there are 28 states and 9 Union Territories.

Question 19.
In the given political outline map of India, (on page 16), five States have been marked as A, B, C, D, and E. Identify these states on the basis of the information given below and write their correct names in your answer-book along with the respective serial number of the information used and the concerned alphabet as per the following format. (C.B.S.E. 2019)

Political Science Class 12 Important Questions Chapter 8 Regional Aspirations im-4
(i) The State where the Congress Party was not in power from 1957-59.
(ii) The State where Bharatiya Kisan Union was a prominent organization of farmers.
(iii) The State where the Naxalite movement started.
(iv) The youngest State of India.
(v) The State where the Dalit Panthers were active.
Answer:

Sr. No. of the information used Concerned Alphabet Name of the State
(i) D Kerala
(ii) A Uttar Pradesh
(ii) E West Bengal
(iv) B Telangana
(v) C Maharashtra

Note: The following questions are for the Visually Impaired Candidates only, in lieu of Question No 19.
1. Name the State where the congress party was no in power from 1957-59.
Answer:
Kerala

2. Bharatiya Kisan Union was a prominent organization of farmers in which State?
Answer:
Uttar Pradesh

3. In which the State of India did the Naxalite Movement start?
Answer:
West Bengal

4. Which is the youngest State of India?
Answer:
Telangana

5. In which the State of India was the Dalit Panthers active.
Answer:
Maharashtra.

Question 20.
In the political outline map of India given above, five states have been marked as @), (§), ©, (§) and ®. Identify these states on the basis of the information given below and write their correct names in your answer-book along with the respective serial number of the information used and the concerned alphabet in the map as per the following format. (C.B.S.E. 2019)

Political Science Class 12 Important Questions Chapter 8 Regional Aspirations im-5
(i) The state where a violent incident took place at Godhara in 2002.
(ii) The state which was earlier known as Madras.
(iii) The state which has the maximum number of seats in India in its Legislative Assembly.
(iv) The state to which Laldenga belonged.
(v) The state which integrated with India in 1975 as the 22nd State of India.
Answer:

Sr. No. of the information used Concerned Alphabet in the Map Name of the State
(i) C Gujarat
(ii) E Tamilnadu
(iii) D Uttar Pradesh
(iv) A Mizoram
(v) B Sikkim

Note: The following questions are for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of the above question
1. Name the State where a violent incident took place in 2002 at Godhara.
Answer:
Gujarat

2. Which state was earlier known as Madras?
Answer:
Tamilnadu

3. Which state integrated with India in 1975 as the 22nd state?
Answer:
Sikkim

4. To which state did Laldenga belong?
Answer:
Mizoram

5. Name the state which has the maximum number of seats in India in its Legislative Assembly.
Answer:
Uttar Pradesh.

Regional Aspirations Important Extra Questions HOTS

Question 1.
What do you understand by ‘Regionalism’?
Answer:
Regionalism means the feeling and attachment of the people to a smaller part of a region of the country where they reside. According to Dr. D.C. Gupta, “Regionalism meant love of a particular region in preference to the country.”

Question 2.
How Regionalism has affected Indian politics?
Answer:

  1. Regionalism has enormously affected Indian politics and is confronting the country as a cardinal complicated problem. Regionalism has been quite dominant in the Indian system since 1950.
  2. The political parties strengthen their stand by sticking to regionalism.

Question 3.
Write two causes of the origin of regionalism.
Answer:

  1. Language. Norman D. Palmer opines that problems of regionalism are connected with language. India is a multi-lingual country and people speaking various languages initiated intense movements for separate states.
  2. Religious Causes. Religion, at times, heightens regionalism. The Akalis’ demand for Punjabi Suba was largely the result of religious influence.

Question 4.
How the problem of regionalism can be solved?
Answer:
The solution to the problem of regionalism does not lie in the formation of small states, but it depends upon the economic development of backward areas, elimination of corruption, and working for the welfare of people. The problem of regionalism should be solved by giving a patient hearing to the problems of people whose regions are economically backward.

Question 5.
What do you know about E.V. Ramaswami Naicker?
Answer:
E.V. Ramaswami Naicker is also known as Periyar was a strong supporter of atheism. He was against the caste system and led the anti-caste struggle. He was a great supporter of the independent entity of Dravid.
He led the anti-Brahmin movement and was a founder of Dravid Kazhagam. He opposed the use of Hindi as a compulsory language.

Question 6.
What was the problem of Goa?
Answer:
Goa was a colony of the Portuguese and the Portuguese suppressed the people of Goa during
their rule. The people of Goa were denied civil rights. There was a strong popular movement within Goa for freedom. In December 1961 the Government of India sent the army which liberated these territories. Goa, Diu and Daman became Union Territory.

Open Economy Macroeconomics Class 12 Important Extra Questions Economics Chapter 6

Here we are providing Class 12 Economics Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Open Economy Macroeconomics. Economics Class 12 Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Economics Chapter 6 Important Extra Questions Open Economy Macroeconomics

Open Economy Macroeconomics Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
When will there be a surplus in balance of trade?
Answer:
The balance of trade is in surplus when the imports of goods are less than the exports.

Question 2.
Which two transactions determine balance of trade?
Answer:
Export and import of visible items determine the balance of trade.

Question 3.
When is there a deficit in the balance of trade?
Answer:
The balance of trade is in deficit when the imports of goods are more than the exports.

Question 4.
What does Balance of Payments account of a country record?
Answer:
The Balance of Payments (BoP) account of a country records the payments and receipts of a country with the rest of the world, during one year. ,

Question 5.
List two items of the capital account of Balance of Payment account
Answer:
Items of the capital account of Balance of Payment account are:
(i) Private foreign loan flow
(ii) Movement in banking capital

Question 6.
What is the difference between the values of exports of goods and imports of goods called?
Answer:
The difference between the values of exports of goods and imports of goods is called balance of trade.

Question 7.
What is balance of trade? (C.B.S.E 2014)
Answer:
Balance of trade refers to the relationship between the value of imports and exports of the goods of a country. It includes only visible items.

Question 8.
Define Balance of Payment. (C.B.S.E 2017)
Answer:
Balance of Payments (BoP) records the transactions in goods, services and assets of the residents of a country with the rest of the world. It also records the country’s demand for and supply of foreign exchange.

Question 9.
What do you mean by Balance of Payment on current account?
Answer:
The Balance of Payments on current account is the sum of balance of merchandise trade, services and net transfers received from rest of the world.

Question 10.
What do you mean by Balance of Payment on capital account?
Answer:
The Balance of Payments on capital account includes capital transactions relating to borrowing and lending of capital, sale and purchase of assets, interest payment, etc.

Question 11.
What is current account deficit in the Balance of Payments? (C.B.S.E. 2014)
Answer:
Current account is said to be in deficit when the export of goods and services and unilateral transfers falls’ short of the import of goods and services and unilateral transfers.

Question 12.
What is meant by “current account surplus”? (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Current account surplus refers to excess of receipts from value of exports of visible items and invisible items; and unilateral transfers over payment for value of imports of visible items and invisible items; and unilateral transfer.

Question 13.
What is foreign exchange rate? (C.B.S.E 2011)
Answer:
Foreign exchange is the price of one unit of the foreign currency in terms of the domestic currency.

Question 14.
What is fixed exchange rate system? (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2012) :
Answer:
Fixed exchange rate is the system in which the exchange rate is set and maintained by the government as official exchange rate. Flexible exchange rate is the system in which the exchange rate is determined by the demand and supply forces in the foreign exchange market.

Question 15.
Define foreign exchange market.
Answer:
Foreign exchange market is the market where the national currencies are traded for one another.

Question 16.
What is ‘hybrid’ system?
Answer:
Hybrid system is the combination of fixed and flexible exchange rates system.

Question 17.
How can increase in Foreign Direct Investment affect the price of foreign exchange ? (C.B.S.E 2013)
Answer:
Increase in Foreign Direct Investment increases the supply of foreign exchange and hence decreases the price of foreign exchange.

Question 18.
How can Reserve Bank of India help in bringing down the foreign exchange rate which is very high? (C.8.S.E Outside Delhi 2013)
Answer:
The Reserve Bank of India can sell foreign currency in exchange of domestic currency to bring down the foreign exchange rate.

Question 19.
What is devaluation? (C.B.S.E 2014)
Answer:
Devaluation of a currency means lowering of the value of the domestic currency by the monetary authority in terms of the currencies of the other countries.

Question 20.
What is managed floating exchange rate? (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Managed floating exchange rate is a system that allows adjustment in exchange rate according to a set of rules and regulations which are officially declared in the foreign exchange market.

Question 22.
Define floating exchange rate. (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2014)
Answer:
A floating exchange rate is the rate determined by the free play of market without any intervention by; the centra bank.

Question 23.
What is meant by depreciation of domestic currency? (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Currency depreciation implies that domestic currency has become less expensive in terms of foreign currency.

Open Economy Macroeconomics Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Distinguish between current account and capital account of Balance of Payments account. Mention ; any two transactions of capital account.
Answer:
The Balance of Payments on capital account includes capital transactions relating to borrowing and ; lending of capital, sale and purchase of assets, interest payment, etc.

The Balance of Payments on current account is the sum of balance of merchandise trade, services ; and net transfers received from rest of the world.

The two transactions of capital account are:

  • Direct investment
  • Private transactions

Question 2.
State any four items each of current account and capital account of the Balance of Payments account. (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2011), (C.B.S.E. 2011)
Answer:
Items of Current Account
(i) Export and Import of Goods: Current account shows exports and imports of visible items i.e., goods like machinery, wheat, steel, etc.

(ii) Export and Import of Services: Current account shows exports and imports of invisible items i.e., services like banking, tourism, insurance, etc.

(iii) Unilateral Transfers: These are those receipts which residents of a country receive or payments that the residents of a country make without getting anything in return. Receipts from abroad are entered as positive items and payments abroad are entered as negative items.

(iv) Private Transfers: These are gifts that domestic residents receive from or make to foreign residents.

Items of Capital Account

  • Private Transactions: These are transactions that affect the assets or liabilities of individuals, business, etc. and other non-government entities.
  • Official Transactions: These are the transactions that affect the assets and liabilities by the government and its agencies.
  • Direct Investment: Direct investment means the act of purchasing an asset and at the same time acquiring control of it.
  • Portfolio Investment: It is the acquisition of an asset that does not give the purchase control over the asset.

Question 3.
What is meant by visible and invisible items in the Balance of Payment account? Give two examples of invisible items.
Answer:
All types of physical goods exported and imported are called visible items in the Balance of Payment account. On the other hand, all those services whose export and import are not visible are known as invisible items in the Balance of Payment account.

Two examples of invisible items are:

  • Shipping
  • Insurance and banking

Question 4.
Name the board categores of transactions recorded in the ‘current account’ of the balance of payments account. (C.B.S.E 2015)
Answer:
The main components of the current account of the Balance of Payments accounts include:

  • Import and export of goods
  • Import and export of services
  • Unilateral transfers

The deficit in current account indicates that the current imports of goods and services and unilateral transfers to rest of the world are greater than the exports of goods and services and unilateral transfers from rest of the world.

Question 5.
Name the broad categories of transactions recorded in the‘capital account’ of the Balance of Payments Accounts. (C.B.S.E. 2015)
Answer:
The broad categories of transactions recorded in the ‘capital account’ of the Balance of Payments Accounts are:
(i) External assistance
(ii) Commercial borrowings
(iii) NR deposits
(iv) Foreign investment:

  • Foreign Direct Investment
  • Portfolio Investment

(v) Other flows

Question 6.
Define “Trade surplus”. How is it different from “Current account surplus”? (C.B.S.E 2019)
Answer:
Trade surplus refers to excess of value of export of visible items over value of import of visible items in the balance of payment account of a country. In other words it only includes trade of goods. Current account surplus refers to excess of receipts from value of exports of visible items and invisible items; and unilateral transfers over payment for value of imports of visible items and invisible items; and unilateral transfer. It is a relatively broader concept as compared to trade surplus.

Question 7.
Explain the meaning of deficit in Balance of Payment. (C.B.S.E. 2010,2014)
Or
Explain the concept of‘deficit’ in balance of payments. (C.B.S.E. 2018)
Answer:
When net balance of all the receipts and payment is negative, it is known as deficit in Balance of Payment (BoP). Deficit in BoP indicates that all receipts are less than all the payments. These receipts and payments include both visible and invisible items.

Question 8.
Distinguish between autonomous and accommodating transactions of Balance of Payment account (C.B.S.E 2010,12), (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2014,2017)
Answer:
Following are the points of difference between autonomous and accommodating transactions:

Autonomous Transactions Accommodating Transactions
1. Autonomous items refer to the international economic transactions, which occur for achievement of economic motive such as profit maximisation.

2. Autonomous transactions are independent of the country’s Balance of Payments status.

3. Autonomous transactions are also known as ‘above the line items’.

Accommodating items refer to the transactions, which occur because of government financing.

 

Accommodating transactions are not independent of the country’s Balance of Payments status.

Accommodating transactions are also known as ‘below the line items’.

Question 9.
Which transactions determine the balance of trade? When is balance of trade in surplus? (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Export and import of visible items determine the balance of trade. The balance of trade in surplus when imports are less than exports.

Question 10.
Distinguish between Trade Deficit’ and ‘Current Account Deficit’. (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Trade deficit refers to excess of value of imports of visible items over value of exports of visible items in the balance of payment account of a country. In other words.it only includes trade of goods.

Current account deficit refers to excess of payment for value of imports of visible items and invisible items; and unilateral transfer over receipts from value of exports of visible items and invisible items; and unilateral transfers. It is a relatively broader concept as compared to trade deficit.

Question 11.
State whether the following statements are true or false. Give reasons for your answer: (C.B.S.E. 2011 Comp.)
(i) Difference between value of exports and imports of goods and services is called trade balance.
(ii) External assistance is not recorded in Balance of Payments account.
Answer:
(i) False. Balance of trade refers to the relationship between the value of imports and exports of the goods of a country. It does not include invisible items such as services.
(ii) False. External assistance is a component of Balance of Payments account.

Question 12.
Giving reasons, state whether the following statements are true or false:
(i) Excess of foreign exchange receipts over foreign exchange payments on account of accommodating transactions equals deficit in the Balance of Payments.
(ii) Export and import of machines are recorded in capital account of the Balance of Payments
account (C.B.S.E. 2011 Comp.)
Answer:
(i) False. Excess of foreign exchange receipts over foreign exchange payments on account of autonomous transactions equals deficit in the Balance of Payments.
(ii) False. Export and import of machines are not recorded in capital account as capita! account transactions do not involve movement of goods. Export and import of machines is a part of Current Account.

Question 13.
Giving reasons state whether the following statements are true or false.
(i) Current account of Balance of Payments account records only exports and imports of goods and services.
(ii) Foreign investments are recorded in the capital account of Balance of Payments.
(C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2011 Comp.)
Answer:
(i) False. Current account of Balance of Payments account also records unilateral transfers along with exports and imports of goods and services.
(ii) True. Foreign investments are recorded in the capital account of Balance of Payments as It involves change in ownership of assets.

Question 14.
Where will sale of machinery to abroad be recorded in the Balance of Payments Accounts? Give reasons.
(C.B.S.E 2015)
Answer:
Machinery is a visible item and its sale to abroad will be an export. This will result in inflow of foreign exchange in the country. Thus, sale of machinery to abroad will be recorded as a credit item under visible items in the current account.

Question 15.
Where is ‘borrowings from abroad’ recorded in the Balance of Payments Accounts? Give reasons.
(C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Borrowings from abroad would lead to an inflow of foreign exchange into the country. Thus, borrowings from abroad will be recorded as positive items in the capital account of Balance of Payments.

Question 16.
Giving reasons explain why charity to foreign countries is recorded in the Balance of Payments Accounts.
(C.B.S.E. Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Charity to foreign countries is unilateral transfers, which are a part of BoP’s current account. These transfers are one-sided and cause an outflow of foreign currency. Thus, charity to foreign countries will be recorded as negative item in the current account of Balance of Payments.

Question 17.
State four sources each of demand and supply of foreign exchange. (C.B.S.E 2010)
Answer:
Following are the four sources each of demand for and supply of the foreign exchange:

Sources of Demand for Foreign Exchange

  • Purchase of goods and services from other countries
  • Send gift abroad
  • Purchase of financial assets in a particular country
  • Speculative trading on the value of the foreign currencies

Sources of Supply of Foreign Exchange

  • Foreigners purchasing home country’s goods and services through exports
  • Foreign investment in home country through joint ventures
  • Foreign investment in heme country through the financial market operations
  • Foreign currencies flow into the economy through the currency dealers and speculators

Question 18.
How is foreign exchange rate determined? Use diagram. (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2013)
Or
Discuss briefly the concept of flexible exchange rate system of foreign exchange rate determination. (C.B.S.E. Outside Delhi 2019)
Answer:
The exchange: rate in the foreign market is determined:by the intersection; of supply and demand, curves of the foreign exchange .The foreign exchange market, like any other normal market, comprises of a downward sloping demand curve and an upward sloping supply curve.
In the following diagram, the vertical shows
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 1

He  states in terms of the domestic currency, Cruf is,” amount of rupee for one US dollar, The horizontal axis measures the quantity demanded or supped. At point E, the intersection of demand and supply curves determines the equilibrium exchange rate in the foreign market (R*) and equilibrium quantity (Q*) of the foreign currency, that is, US dollar ($).

An increase in the demand for US dollars in India will cause the demand curve to shift to D’$ and the exchange rate rises to R’. Similarly, an increase in the supply of US dollars will cause the supply curve shift to S’$ and the exchange rate falls to RT In this: case, the domestic currency is more valuable.

Question 19.
Explain the impact of rise in exchange rate on national income. (C.8.S.E 2018)
Answer:
A rise in the foreign exchange rate implies that the price of foreign currency, in terms of domestic currency, has increased. Since domestic goods and services have become cheaper, the foreign country can now buy higher quantity from one unit of its currency.

This will result in increased demand for Indian exports. Moreover, depreciation of domestic currency will make the imports from foreign countries more expensive. Thus, there will be increase in exports and fall in imports, causing the net exports to rise. Consequently, the net aggregate demand for domestically produced goods will increase and so will the national income.

Question 20.
When exchange rate of foreign currency rises, its supply rises. How? Explain. (C.B.S.E 2011)
Answer:
The foreign exchange rate is the price of one currency in terms of another currency. A rise in the foreign exchange rate implies that the price of foreign currency, in terms of domestic currency, has increased. Since domestic goods and services have become cheaper, the foreign country can now buy higher quantity from one unit of its currency. This increases the supply of foreign currency in the domestic country.

For instance, suppose the foreign exchange rate between India and UK has increased. The price of one pound has increased from ₹ 60 to ₹ 70. It implies that UK citizens can buy ₹ 70 worth of goods by parting one pound compared to only ₹ 60 worth of goods prior to rise in exchange rate. Since Indian goods have become cheaper for UK, they will buy more of them. This increases the supply of UK pounds to India. Thus, a rise in foreign exchange rate causes a rise in its supply.

Question 21.
When exchange rate of foreign currency fells its demand rises. Explain how? (CBS.E. Outside Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The foreign exchange rate is the price of one currency in terms of another currency. A fall in the foreign exchange rate implies that the price of foreign currency, in terms of domestic currency, has l decreased. Since foreign goods and services have become cheaper, the domestic country can now buy higher quantity.

This increases the demand for foreign currency in the domestic country. : For instance, suppose the foreign exchange rate between India and UK has decreased. The price of one pound has fallen from ₹ 70 to ₹ 60. It implies that Indians have to pay only ₹ 60 to buy one pound worth: of goods compared to ₹ 70 prior to fell in exchange rate. Since goods in UK have become cheaper for; India, Indians will buy more of them. This increases the demand for UK pounds in India Thus, a fall in foreign exchange rate causes a rise in its demand :

Question 21.
Give two reasons for a rise in demand for a foreign currency when its price fells.
Answer:
Following are the two reasons for the rise in the demand for a foreign currency when its price falls:
(i) When the price of a foreign currency falls, the imports from that country become cheaper. As a result, imports increase, and hence, the demand for the foreign currency also rises.

(ii) When a foreign currency becomes cheaper in terms of domestic currency, people plan investment in foreign country. As a result, demand for that foreign currency rises.

Question 22.
State any two merits and demerits of flexible exchange rate system:
Answer:
Merits of Flexible Exchange Rate System
(i) Flexible exchange rate system automatically corrects the deficit or surplus in the Balance of Payments account.
(ii) The government is not required to hold any foreign exchange reserves.

Demerits of Flexible Exchange Rate System
(i) It encourages speculation in the foreign exchange market.
(ii) There can be wide fluctuations in exchange rate, which may cause instability in the foreign trade.

Question 23.
Explain two merits each of fixed foreign exchange rate.
Answer:
Merits of Fixed Exchange Rate System
(i) Fixed exchange rate system ensures stability in foreign exchange market.
(ii) It prevents speculative activities in foreign exchange market.

Question 24.
There is an inverse relation between foreign exchange rate and demand for foreign exchange.Why? Explain.
Answer:
There is an inverse relationship between demand for foreign exchange and rate of exchange.
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 9
The curve showing demand for the foreign exchange (DD) slopes downward from left to right. This implies that higher the exchange rate, lower would be the demand for foreign exchange, and vice-versa. The diagram shows that when the exchange rate is OR then the demand for foreign exchange is OQ. However, when the exchange rate declines to OR’, then the demand for foreign exchange increases to OQ’.

Question 25.
Explain the meaning of managed flexible exchange rate.
Or
Discuss briefly the concept of managed floating system of foreign exchange rate determination. (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Managed flexible foreign exchange rate is a system, which allows adjustments in exchange rate according to a set of rules and regulations officially declared in the foreign exchange market. There is no pre-defined range and time for the adjustment. Adjustment is allowed entirely on the merits of a care. It is for the managing authority to allow or reject the appeal for adjustment.

Question 26.
When price of a foreign currency rises, its demand falls. Explain why? (C.B.S.E Comp. 2011,2012)
Answer:
The foreign exchange rate is the price of one currency in terms of another currency. A rise in the foreign exchange rate implies that the price of foreign currency, in terms of domestic currency, has increased. Since foreign goods and services have become expensive, the domestic country can now buy less of them.

This decreases the demand for foreign currency in the domestic country. For instance, suppose the foreign exchange rate between India and UK has increased. The price of one pound has increased from ₹ 70 to ₹ 80. It implies that Indians have to pay ₹ 80 to buy one pound worth of goods compared to ₹ 70 prior to rise in exchange rate.

Since goods in UK have become expensive for India, Indians will buy less of them. This decreases the demand for UK pounds in India. Thus, a rise in foreign exchange rate causes a fall in its demand.

Question 27.
When price of a foreign currency falls, the supply of that foreign currency also falls. Explain why? (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The foreign exchange rate is the price of one currency in terms of another currency. A fall in the foreign exchange rate implies that the price of foreign currency, in terms of domestic currency, has decreased. Since domestic goods and services have become expensive, the foreign country can now buy lesser quantity from one unit of its currency. This decreases the supply of foreign currency in the domestic country.

For instance, suppose the foreign exchange rate between India and UK has decreased. The price of one pound has decreased from ₹ 60 to ₹ 50. It implies that UK citizens can buy only ₹ 50 worth of goods by parting one pound compared to only ₹ 60 worth of goods prior to fall in exchange rate. Since Indian goods have become expensive for UK citizens, they will buy less of them. This decreases the supply of UK pounds to India. Thus, a fall in foreign exchange rate causes a fall in its supply.

Question 28.
Explain the effect of appreciation of domestic currency on imports. (C.B.S.E 2013)
Answer:
Appreciation of a currency means an increase in the value of the domestic currency in terms of the foreign currency. The price of the domestic currency, in terms of a foreign currency, increases and the foreign exchange rate decreases. For instance, suppose rupee has appreciated in terms of pound.

That is, the foreign exchange rate between India and UK has decreased. The price of one pound has decreased from ₹ 70 to ₹ 60. It implies that Indian citizens can buy one pound worth of goods by parting only ₹ 60 compared to ₹ 70 priorto fall in exchange rate. Since UK goods have become cheaper for Indians, they will buy more of them. Consequently, Indian imports from UK will increase.

Question 29.
Explain the effect of depreciation of domestic currency on exports. (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Depreciation of a currency means a decrease in the value of the domestic currency in terms of the foreign currency. The price of the domestic currency, in terms of a foreign currency, decreases and the foreign exchange rate increases. For instance, suppose rupee has depreciated in terms of pound.

That is, the foreign exchange rate between India and UK has increased. The price of one pound has increased from ₹ 60 to ₹ 70. It implies that UK citizens can buy ₹ 70 worth of goods by parting one pound compared to only ₹ 60 worth of goods prior to rise in exchange rate. Since Indian goods have become cheaper for UK, they will buy more of them. Consequently, Indian exports to UK will increase.

Question 30.
“Indian Rupee (₹) plunged to all time low of ₹ 74.48 against the US Dollar ($)”.
In the light of the above report, discuss the impact of the situation on Indian Imports. (C.B.S.E 2019)
Answer:
Indian rupee plunged to all time low of rupees ₹ 74.4 8 against US Dollar. This is called as depreciation in the value of Indian rupee. It might lead to fall in imports as foreign goods will become more expensive for domestic consumers.

Question 31.
Recently Government of India has doubled the import duty on gold.What impact is it likely to have on foreign exchange rate and how? (C.B.S.E 2014)
Answer:
When the import duty on gold rises, the import of gold would become costlier. This would reduce
the demand for foreign currency. Since the supply of foreign currency remains the same, the foreign exchange rate would fall. This implies appreciation of rupees.
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 2
In the diagram, point E determines the equilibrium exchange rate in the foreign market (R*) and equilibrium quantity (Q*) of the foreign currency, where demand (DD) and supply (SS) curves intersect. A fall in the demand for foreign currency will cause the demand curve to shift-to the left from DD to D1D1, and the exchange rate falls to R1 New equilibrium is established at E1.

Question 32.
Distinguish between appreciation of home currency and depreciation of home currency. (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Appreciation of home currency means increase in the value of the domestic currency in terms of the currencies of the other countries. On the other hand, depreciation of home currency means lowering of the value of the domestic currency in terms of the currencies of the other countries.

Question 33.
Explain the effect of appreciation of domestic currency on exports. (C.B.S.E Outside Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Appreciation of a currency means an increase in the value of the domestic currency in terms of the foreign currency. The price of the domestic currency, in terms of a foreign currency, increases and the foreign exchange rate decreases. For instance, suppose rupee has appreciated in terms of pound.

That is, the foreign exchange rate between India and UK has decreased. The price of one pound has decreased from ₹ 70 to ₹ 60. UK citizens can buy only 60 worth of goods by parting one pound compared to X 70 worth of goods prior to fall in exchange rate. Since Indian goods have become expensive for UK citizens, they will buy less of them. Consequently, Indian exports to UK will decrease.

Question 34.
How does giving incentives for exports influence foreign exchange rate? Explain. (C.B.S.E 2014)
Answer:
The incentives for exports boost exports of the country. An increase in exports causes the supply of foreign currency to increase in the domestic country while the demand remains unchanged. Consequently, the exchange rate falls and the domestic currency appreciates. in the diagram, point E determines the equilibrium exchange rate in the foreign market (R*) and equilibrium quantity (0*) of the foreign currency, where demand (DD) and supply (SS) curves intersect. A rise in the supply for foreign currency will cause the supply curve to shift to the right from SS to S1 S1 and the exchange rate falls to R1.
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 3

Question 35.
Vista to foreign countries for sight seeing etc by the people of India in the rise. What will be its impact on foreign exchange rate? How?
Answer:
Increase in the foreign visits of Indian residents would increase the demand for foreign currency increases. Since the supply of foreign currency remains the same, the foreign exchange rate would rise implying depreciation of rupee.
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 4
In the diagram, point E determines the equilibrium exchange rate in the foreign market (R*) and equilibrium quantity (Q*) of the foreign currency, where demand (DD) and supply (SS) curves intersect. A rise in the demand for foreign currency will cause the demand curve to shift to the right from DD to D1D1 and the exchange rate rises to R1.

Open Economy Macroeconomics Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Explain the causes of disequilibrium in the Balance of Payments.
Answer:
Following are the causes of disequilibrium in Balance of Payments:

1. Natural Causes
Natural calamities like famine, flood, etc. may cause disequilibrium in the Balance of Payments of an economy as these calamities result in reduction in production and exports and increase in imports.

2. Economic Causes
(i) Economic Development: In order to accelerate the pace of development, underdeveloped countries have to depend on foreign assistance. These countries import advanced machinery, capital goods and raw material, etc, which results in the excess of imports over exports. Flence, there arises the problem of disequilibrium in Balance of Payments.

(ii) Cyclical Fluctuations: Cyclical fluctuations like inflation and depression also cause the problem of disequilibrium of Balance of Payments. If there is depression in the world market then exports of a country are affected adversely. Similarly, if prices start rising within the economy, the rate of increase in imports exceeds that of exports, which results in disequilibrium.

(iii) Capital Outflow: If a country invests its capital in other countries in order to earn more dividend then it may result in unfavourable Balance of Payments of the country investing the capital and favourable Balance of Payments of the country where the capital is invested. Hence, the problem of disequilibrium arises.

3. Political Factors
Government expenditure in foreign countries, political instability, political relations with other countries partition or unification of a country etc. may cause disequilibnum in Balance of Payments of a country.

Question 2.
What do you mean by Balance of Payment? Explain the items constituting the Balance of Payments of country.
Answer:
Balance of Payments (BoP) records the transactions in goods, services and assets of the residents of a country with the rest of the world. It also records the country’s demand for and supply of foreign ex-change.

Items of Current Account

(i) Export and Import of Goods: Current account shows exports and imports of visible items i.e., goods like machinery, wheat, steel, etc.

(ii) Export and Import of Services: Current account shows exports and imports of invisible items i.e., services like banking, tourism, insurance, etc.

(iii) Unilateral Transfers: These are those receipts, which residents of a country receive or payments that the residents of a country make without getting anything in return. Receipts from abroad are entered as positive items and payments abroad are entered as negative items.

(iv) Private Transfers: These are gifts that domestic residents receive from or make to foreign residents.

Items of Capital Account

  • Private Transactions: These are transactions that affect the assets or liabilities of individuals, business, etc. and other non-government entities.
  • Official Transactions: These are the transactions that affect the assets and liabilities by the government and its agencies.
  • Direct Investment: Direct investment means the act of purchasing an asset and at the same time acquiring control of it.
  • Portfolio Investment: It is the acquisition of an asset that does not give the purchase control over the asset.

Question 3.
What is foreign exchange rate? Explain how it is determined.
Answer:
Foreign exchange rate is the price of one unit of the foreign currency in terms of the domestic currency.
Determination of Foreign Exchange Rate: Foreign Exchange Rate is determined in the exchange
market at the point of intersection of foreign exchange demand and supply curves.

1. Demand Curve of Foreign Exchange: A country is dependent upon other countries for its requirements of imports and foreign capital. Demand for foreign exchange arises to make payments for these imports. There is an inverse relationship between the demand for foreign exchange and the rate of exchange. If the exchange rate increases, the demand for foreign exchange would fall and the vice-versa.
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 5

In the diagram, demand for foreign exchange is OD when exchange rate is OR. When the rate of exchange falls to OR, then demand for foreign exchange increases to OD,. Demand curve for foreign exchange (DD) curve slopes downwards from left to right.

2. Supply Curve of Foreign Exchange: Supply of foreign exchange depends on a number of factors like the value of exports of a country, import of capital, extent of foreign investment, etc. There is direct relation between exchange rate and the supply of foreign exchange. An increase in the exchange rate results in an increase in the supply of foreign exchange and vice-versa.
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 6

In the diagram, the supply of foreign exchange is OS when exchange rate is equal to OR. If the exchange rate is increased to OR,, supply of capital also increases to OS,. SS is the positively sloped supply curve of foreign exchange.

3. Equilibrium Foreign Exchange Rate: Equilibrium exchange rate is determined at a level where demand for foreign exchange is equal to supply of foreign exchange. The determination of equilibrium foreign exchange rate can be explained with the help of given diagram:
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 7
The demand for foreign exchange is equal to supply of foreign exchange at point E. the equilibrium foreign exchange rate is OR and equilibrium quantity of foreign exchange is OQ. MN represents excess demand for foreign exchange at OR,. Similarly, KL represents excess supply of foreign exchange at OR2.

Question 4.
Give arguments in favour and against the fixed and flexible
Answer:
Arguments in Favour of Fixed Exchange Rate

1. Encouragement to Foreign Trade: The system of fixed exchange rate provides suitable environment for foreign trade. The exporters and the importers have no fear of changes in the prices of goods and it helps to promote the foreign trade.

2. End to Speculations: There is no uncertainty in the foreign exchange market under the system of fixed exchange rate. It helps to bring an end to the activities of speculation as a result of uncertainty.

3. Internal Stability: Fixed exchange rate results in internal economic stability of a country. The fluctuations in the price level are reduced to the minimum on account of stability of exchange rate and the prices of imports and exports.

4. Useful for Small Countries: For the small countries like Denmark, Belgium, etc. this system of exchange rate has turned out to be very useful. For the countries dependent on foreign trade for their economic development, stability of exchange rate is essential. Flexibility in rate of exchange may adversely affect the process of economic development of these countries.

Arguments against Fixed Rate of Exchange

1. Monetary Dependence: If the exchange rate is fixed then the unfavourable Balance of Payments of a country has an adverse effect on the level of domestic output and income. Under such a situation, the government of a country will have to adopt such a monetary policy, which does not influence its exchange rate. Thus, the government is not free to formulate an independent monetary policy.

2. Cost-price Relationship: The fixed exchange rate is not determined in accordance with the value theory of price determination. Since economic policies of different countries are not alike, their cost-price relationships do not remain stable. Thus, fixed exchange rate does not enable us to analyse the changes in cost-price relations and their effect on exchange rate.

3. Increase in Demand for Foreign Exchange: The demand forforeign exchange in a country increases under the system of fixed exchange rate. Therefore, the government will have to accumulate the stock of foreign exchange and consequently, will have to bear the opportunity cost of foreign exchange.

4. Slow Rate of Growth: There is lack of co-ordination among the economic policies of different countries under the system of fixed exchange rate. As a result a country fails to achieve the desired rate of growth in the absence of co-ordination and co-operation of other countries.

Arguments in Favour of Flexible Exchange Rate
1. Solves the Problem of BoP Deficit: The flexible exchange rate helps to solve the problem of BoP deficit of a country. For example, if demand for foreign exchange exceeds its supply, the rate of exchange will increase to attain equilibrium. On the other hand, if supply of foreign exchange exceeds its demand, the rate of exchange will decrease to attain equilibrium.

2. Effective Monetary Policy: According to Prof. Friedman, monetary policy of a country can be effectively implemented if its exchange rate is flexible. If the objective of monetary policy is to increase the level of production then rate of interest will be reduced to provide incentive for investment. It will also result in an increase in the level of output and hence the exports.

3. Regulations of Import and Export: The level of production, income and employment keep on changing in an economy. These changes influence the demand for and supply of goods. Keeping in view the demand and supply of goods, the government of a country may introduce changes in its imports and exports, which are possible only under the system of flexible exchange rate.

Arguments against Flexible Exchange Rate

1. Effect on Economic Structure: The economic activities of international market have a direct impact on the structure of an economy if the exchange rate is flexible. The fluctuations in international market influence the price level, level of output and employment of an economy.

2. Uncertainty: Flexible exchange rate creates an environment of uncertainty in the international market, which in turn adversely affects the flow of capital among the countries. Moreover, it hinders the process of borrowing and lending of loans in the international market.

3. Internal Instability: The system of flexible exchange rate, sometimes, results in the problem of internal instability in a country if the assumptions of full employment, perfect competition and perfect mobility of factors of production are not fulfilled.

4. Unnecessary Capital Movements: Under the system of flexible exchange rate, capital movements among the countries may increase unnecessarily. Such capital movements may prove to be harmful for the structure of an economy.

Question 5.
Give the meaning of‘foreign exchange and foreign exchange rate’. Giving reason explain the relation between foreign exchange rate and demand for foreign exchange.
Answer:
Foreign Exchange: Foreign exchange is the conversion of one currency into another currency.

Foreign Exchange Rate: Foreign exchange rate is the price of one currency in terms of another currency.
Relation between Foreign Exchange Rate and Demand for Foreign Exchange There is an inverse relation between foreign exchange rate and demand for foreign exchange. The relationship can be explained with the help of a diagram.
NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Social Science Geography Chapter 6 Human Resource 8

In the diagram, X axis shows the quantity of foreign exchange demanded and Y axis shows the price of foreign exchange. The curve showing demand for the foreign exchange (DD) slopes downward from left to right. This implies that higher the exchange rate, lower would be the demand for foreign exchange, and vice-versa. The diagram shows that when the exchange rate is OR then the demand for foreign exchange is OQ.

When the exchange rate declines to OR’, foreign goods become cheaper than the domestic goods. Thus, the demand for foreign exchange increases to OQ’. On the contrary, when the exchange rate increases to OR’, foreign goods become expensive than the domestic goods. Thus, the demand for foreign exchange decreases to OQ’.

Question 6.
Why does the demand for foreign currency fall and supply rises when its price rises ? Explain. (C.B.S.E. 2017)
Answer:
When the price of the foreign currency increases, the value of domestic currency increases in terms of the foreign currency. In other words, we can say that the domestic currency depreciates.

Now in such a case, there are two implications.
(a) Since the domestic currency has depreciated the imports become expensive. The domestic traders will have to pay more to buy the same units of foreign good. This leads to a decline in the demand for the foreign currency.

(b) At the same time, with a depreciation in the domestic currency, the exports become cheaper. This will bring in more foreign currency hence, leading to an increase in the foreign exchange supply.

Open Economy Macroeconomics Important Extra Questions HOTS

Question 1.
The balance of trade shows a deficit of ₹ 5,000 crores and the value of imports are ₹ 9,000 crores. What is the value of exports?
Answer:
The balance of trade is the difference between the value of exports (X) and the value of imports (M).
That is, Balance of Trade – Value of Exports – Value of Imports
Given: Balance of Trade = (-) ₹ 5,000 crores
Value of Imports = ₹ 9,000 crores
Thus, 5000 = Value of Exports – 9000
Value of Exports = – 5000 + 9000 = 4000
The value of exports is ₹ 4,000 crores.

Question 2.
The balance of trade shows a deficit of ₹ 300 crores.The value of exports are ₹ 500 crores. What is the value of imports?
Answer:
The balance of trade is the difference between the value of exports (X) and the value of imports (M).
That is, Balance of Trade = Value of Exports – Value of Imports
Given: Balance of Trade = (-) ₹ 300 crores
Value of Exports = ₹ 500 crores
Thus,
– 300 = 500 – Value of Imports Value of Imports = 500 + 300 = 800
The value of imports is ? 800 crores.

Question 3.
Name three such items which are not included in the balance of trade.
Answer:
Items which are not included in the balance of trade are:

  • Exports and imports of services such as of shipping and banking, etc.
  • Interest and dividend payments between the countries.
  • Expenditure by the tourists.

Question 4.
Why is flexible rate of exchange called free rate of exchange?
Answer:
Flexible rate of exchange is called free rate of exchange as it is freely determined by the forces of supply and demand in the international money market.

Social Institutions: Continuity and Change Class 12 Important Extra Questions Sociology Chapter 3

Here we are providing Class 12 Sociology Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 3 Social Institutions: Continuity and Change. Sociology Class 12 Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Sociology Chapter 3 Important Extra Questions Social Institutions: Continuity and Change

Social Institutions Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Give the meaning of Caste.
Answer:
The Hindu social system has one of the important complex and interesting institutions which is known as the caste system. Word ‘Caste’ has been taken from the Portuguese word ‘Casta’ which means birth. A caste is an endogamous group whose membership is based on birth. Occupation in this is hereditary and traditional.

Question 2.
Give any three characteristics of Caste.
Answer:

  1. Membership of caste is based upon birth.
  2. A caste is an endogamous group.
  3. Castes were traditionally linked to occupations.

Question 3.
Give merits of Caste.
Answer:

  • Caste does the division of labor.
  • Caste maintains social unity.
  • Caste maintains the purity of blood.
  • Caste makes the rules of education.

Question 4.
How caste provides social security?
Answer:
Caste provides social security to its members. Members of every caste are always ready to help the members of their caste. There was no need for a person to be worried from any point of view because he was aware of the fact that his caste will definitely help him if any need arises.

Question 5.
Describe the functions of caste.
Answer:

  1. Caste determines the occupation of a person.
  2. Caste provides social security to a person.
  3. Caste gives mental security to a person.
  4. Caste maintains the purity of the blood.

Question 6.
Define Caste.
Answer:
According to Risley, “Caste is a collection of families or group of families bearing a common name, claiming a common descent from a mythical ancestor, human or divine, professing to follow the name hereditary calling and regarded by those who are competent to give an opinion as forming a single homogeneous community.”

Question 7.
What are the causes of change in caste?
Or
Why is Caste changing?
Answer:

  • Because of socio-religious movements.
  • Efforts of Indian government and making of legislations.
  • Because of the changes made by the British.
  • Because of changes in caste due to industrialization.

Question 8.
Give Demerits of Caste System.
Answer:

  • The caste system causes discrimination, inequality, prejudice, etc.
  • The caste system breeds untouchability.
  • The caste system causes casteism.
  • The caste system leads to communal conflict.

Question 9.
Into how many parts ancient Indian society was divided?
Answer:
It was divided into the following four parts:

  1. Brahmins: They used to impart education to the upper three castes.
  2. Kshatriyas: They used to protect the country from any type of aggression.
  3. Vaishyas: They were either engaged in business or agriculture.
  4. Fourth varna: They used to serve the upper three castes.

Question 10.
What is the role of caste in spreading culture?
Answer:
Every caste has its own occupations, eating habits, living standards, etc. An individual observes all the customs and rituals associated with caste and also teaches them to his children. In this way, culture goes down from one generation to another and caste plays a very important role in it.

Question 11.
What are the changes coming in Caste System?
Answer:
Many changes came in the caste system due to western education, industrialization, urbanization, means of communication, etc. Almost all the restrictions of the caste system are coming improved to an end. Inter-caste marriages are increasing, the position of lower caste has been improved, steps have been taken against all types of discrimination, and problems regarding occupation is no more in the society.

Question 12.
What is a Tribe?
Or
Who are the Tribals? (C.B.S.E. 2017 (O.D.))
Answer:
A tribe is that group of people who lives away from our civilization on mountains, forests, and valleys traditionally. This group lives in a specific geographical area and have their own language, culture, and religion. These groups are endogamous groups and obey some rules from the point of view of love, occupation, and industry.

Question 13.
Give the definition of Tribe.
Answer:
According to the Imperial Gazetteer of India, “A tribe is a collection of families bearing a common name, speaking a common dialect, occupying or professing to occupy a common territory and is not usually endogamous, though originally it might have been so.”

Question 14.
What do you mean by Inter-caste marriage?
Answer:
When any person marries a girl of other castes instead of his own caste then it is known as Inter-caste marriage. In ancient times, marriage out of the caste was not allowed. But there is no such restriction in modern times.

Question 15.
Give the meaning of Family.
Answer:
A family is a social institution in which a husband and wife are socially entitled to procreate and bring up their children. It is a social set up in which people with blood relation live together.

Question 16.
Define the Family.
Answer:
According to Nimkoff, “A family is more or less a durable association of husband and wife with or without children or of a man or woman alone with children.” According to Maclver, “The family is a group defined by sex relationship sufficiently precise and enduring to provide for the procreation and upbringing of children.”

Question 17.
What are the characteristics or features of a Family?
Answer:

  1. There is no human society in which some form of a family does not appear. Therefore, it is universal.
  2. Family is based on human relationships, trust and other emotions, and sentimental values.
  3. The family has a central position in a social structure.
  4. Family is a bond of blood relations.
  5. Members of the family share responsibilities, duties, and obligations amongst themselves.
  6. Family is the basis of social control.

Question 18.
The universality of Family. Explain.
Or
Family is Universal. How?
Answer:
A family is a social group that is known as the first institution of human society. It is so because it has existed in every society and in every age in one or the other form. Every member of society is first a member of a family. Every person is related by psychological and emotional basis with the family in which he is born.

Question 19.
What is a Nuclear Family?
Or
Define Nuclear Family.
Answer:
According to Murdock, “The Nuclear family consists of types of a married man and woman with their offsprings, although in some cases one or more additional persons may reside with them.” In this way, a Nuclear family is a family in which the husband-wife and their unmarried children live. After marriage, children have their own different nuclear families. These are small in size.

Question 21.
Define Joint Family.
Answer:
According to Karve, “A Joint family is a group of persons who generally live under one roof, who eat food cooked in one kitchen, who hold property in common, participate in common worship and are related to one another as some particular type kindred.”

Question 22.
Give the main functions of the Family.
Answer:

  1. It helps in perpetuating the race through procreation.
  2. It helps in socializing the children and make them a responsible citizen.
  3. It is the starting point of the division of labor.
  4. It is the primary economic unit where family members share all economic

Question 23.
What is Polygamy?
Answer:
The practice or the custom of having more than one wife at the same time. This type of Marriage is restricted by the law of Hindu Marriage Act of 1955.

Question 24.
What is Polyandry?
Answer:
In this type of marriage, one female can marry many males at a time. It means one wife can have more than one husband at a time. It is of two types, fraternal and non-fraternal polyandry.

Question 25.
What is a Patriarchal Family?
Answer:
In this type of family whole power or authority of the family is in the hands of the father. The Male is in charge of the family. Everyone obeys the orders given by the father and the father has full control over its members. This type of family exists these days.

Question 26.
What is Matriarchal Family?
Answer:
In this type of family whole power or authority of the family is in the hands of the mother. In this family, children are under the control of the mother. Here, a son has no right over the property but daughters have rights over the property. This type of family exists in many tribes.

Question 27.
What is a Patrilineal family?
Answer:
In Patrilineal society, the inheritance of property passes on from father to son.

Question 28.
What is a Matrilineal family?
Answer:
In Matrilineal societies, the inheritance of property passes on from mother to daughter.

Question 29.
What is Kinship?
Answer:
According to Charles Winick, “Kinship system may include socially recognized relationship based on supposed as well as actual genealogical ties.” It means that the system of developed social relations made by-actual blood and made by marriage is known as Kinship.

Social Institutions Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is Hierarchy?
Answer:
There was a definite hierarchy in the caste system which means society was divided into different segments on the basis of their higher or lower status. Brahmins were given a higher status in all parts of India. Kshatriyas were in second place and the third place was of Vaishyas. Fourth and the last place in the society was given to the lower castes. The social status of any person in society was determined on the basis of this hierarchy. Brahmins were given the highest respect.

Question 2.
Explain the Segmental division of society.
Answer:
Indian society was divided into many segments within the caste system but broadly it was divided into four segments. Brahmins belonged to the first segment, then Kashatriyas, then Vaishyas and at the end, the Shudras or the lower castes were there. The status, place, and functions of the members of every segment were pre-determined. Every caste had its own rituals, customs, traditions, values, etc. That is why the scope of relations of members of every caste was generally limited to its own social division. Every caste was the social unit in itself to which a person belonged.

Question 3.
Restrictions regarding castes. Explain.
Or
What was the restriction related to caste?
Answer:
There were some rules in every caste regarding restrictions on certain points like:

  1. Every person had to adopt the occupation of his own caste.
  2. He had to obey the rules about food and food-sharing.
  3. He had to marry in his own caste.
  4. Lower castes were not allowed to get an education and to enter the temples.
  5. Lower castes were not allowed to touch the people of higher castes and to use the wells that belonged to the higher castes.

Question 4.
Restrictions on social relations. Explain.
Or
What were the restrictions regarding social relations?
Answer:
Society was divided into different castes in earlier times and was segregated into higher and lower castes. People of higher castes used to live inside the village and people of lower castes lived outside the village. They had to maintain distance from each other. Lower castes were not allowed to get an education with people of higher castes and were not allowed to enter the temples and to take water from the wells that belonged to the higher castes. Lower castes were not allowed to perform Upanayana Samskara.

Question 5.
What is meant by the term Untouchability?
Or
Caste gives rise to untouchability. How?
Or
How did the caste system give rise to untouchability?
Answer:
Caste System gave rise to untouchability. The so-called upper caste of the society considered the lower caste as inferior. They were kept away from society. They were not allowed to touch anyone. This restriction was known as untouchability. People of lower castes were supposed to live out of the village or the city. This created inequality in society.

Question 6.
Give differences between caste and class as a form of social stratification.
Answer:

Class Caste
1. Social status of a person is made by the ability of an individual. 1. There is no place of individual ability in caste. Social status is based upon birth
2. Membership of class is based upon money, status, etc. 2. Membership of caste is based upon birth
3. No restrictions are there in class. 3. There are many types of restrictions on the person regarding food, relations, marriage, etc.
4. Very little mutual distance is there in class. 4. Different castes are very much distanced from each other, especially Brahmins and Shudras.
5. Class system is based upon the theory of Democracy. 5. Caste system is completely against the system of Democracy.
6. People are, generally, conscious about their class and they want to rise and grow in order to change their social class. 6. There is no consciousness in the caste system because no one can change his caste.

Question 8.
Describe different functions of the caste system.
Answer:

  1. Caste determines the occupation of a person as he gets it from the family.
  2. Caste provides social security to a person.
  3. Caste gives mental security to a person.
  4. Caste maintains the purity of blood.
  5. Caste provides political security.

Question 9.
What are the merits of the caste-system?
Answer:

  1. Determination of Occupation: The caste system has always determined the occupation of every caste. Occupation of Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaishyas, and Lower Castes were fixed at the time of birth. It provided occupational security to everyone.
  2. Making a religious base: The caste system has always given a religious base to society. Religious duties of every caste were fixed and religious rituals were to be performed by different caste.
  3. To provide Social Stability: The caste system also provides social stability. Occupation, status, rules, etc. of every caste are generally fixed. A definite relationship was shared between all the castes with which stability came in the society.

Question 10.
What are the demerits of the caste system?
Answer:

  1. Division of Society: Caste System divided society into many parts. It led to hatred for other castes which led to enmity among different castes.
  2. The obstacle in individual development: The occupation of everyone is fixed in the caste system. One has to adopt occupation of his caste even if he has the ability to do better work. In this way, it is an obstacle in the way of an individual’s ability.
  3. The obstacle in Social development: Caste System is also an obstacle in the way of social development. Everyone thinks about his own caste, own people. People hardly care about the development of society.
  4. The obstacle in the way of Social reforms: Concepts of lower castes, untouchability, etc. came in front due to the caste system. It has kept lower castes at a lower place and hardly gave them the chance to come forward.

Question 11.
How has the caste system affected our society?
Answer:

  1. Caste System has affected social mobility. A person cannot leave his place due to his occupation.
  2. Caste System has created obstacles in the way of economic development of society and individuals because people of higher castes maintained a distance from lower castes.
  3. Individual abilities are always suppressed by a caste system.
  4. Enmity among different castes has increased due to the advent of casteism in politics.
  5. Many a time it becomes a major factor in creating communal violence.

Question 12.
How has industrialization affected the caste system?
Answer:

  1. In many large cities, people started to live with each other without any discrimination due to industrialization.
  2. The industrialization has brought wealth to the society with which the class system has replaced the caste system.
  3. The industrialization has encouraged international relations because of which people have left their ancestral places and started living in other countries.
  4. Untouchability was discouraged and even the lower section of society was given certain rights.
  5. People started getting educated and this changed they are approached completely.

Question 13.
Give four characteristics of a Family.
Answer:

  1. Universal Group: Family is a social and universal group. It is also known as the primary institution in human history because it exists in every society and at all times. Every member of society is definitely a member of a family.
  2. Small in Size: The size of the family is limited because only those persons are included in the family who either have taken birth in the family or who have marital relations.
  3. Central position in Social Structure: Our society is based on the family and different associations are formed only through the family. That is why it has a central position in society.

Question 14.
What are the main functions of a family?
Answer:
(a) Basic functions:

  1. Giving birth to children
  2. Protection of members
  3. Arrangement of food, house, and cloth
  4. Protection of children.

(b) Social Functions:

  1. Determines the status
  2. Socialization
  3. Social control
  4. Preserving social heritage.

(c) Economic Functions:

  1. Division of Labour
  2. Arrangement of income
  3. Protection of property.

(d) Giving religious education to its members.

(e) Political functions: Educating the members about their rights and duties.

Question 15.
Explain the types of the family on the basis of residence.
Answer:
Three types of families are there on the basis of residence:

  1. Patrilocal Family: In this type of family, the wife goes to her husband’s house to live after marriage.
  2. Matrilocal Family: When the husband, after marriage, goes to his wife’s house to live, then this type of family is known as the Matrilocal family.
  3. Neolocal Family: In Neolocal family, husband-wife make their own new house instead of going to their parents’ house.

Question 16.
How many types of kinship are there?
Answer:
Two types of kinship are there:

  1. Blood Relations: Relations based on blood are known as blood relatives like the relation of parents with their children. Relation of father, mother, brother, sister, etc. also comes in this category. These relations are based upon social sanctions and biological facts.
  2. Consanguine Relations: These types of relations are made on the basis of marriage. Not only husband-wife come in this category but relatives of bride and bridegroom also come in it. For example, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, etc.

Question 17.
What is the importance of the kinship system?
Answer:

  1. Kinship determines the authority in the family.
  2. The kinship system is very helpful at the time of marriage because it tells us which family one belongs to.
  3. Relatives are very much necessary for the completion of certain rituals of many religions of Indian society.
  4. The person needs his relatives at the time of pleasure and sorrow.

Question 18.
What is Tribal society?
Answer:
A tribe is a group of people who lives away from our civilization on mountains, forests, and valleys traditionally. The society which exists in these tribes is known as tribal society. A tribal society is a classless society in which there is no division of any type. Most of the population of tribal society lives either on mountains or in forests. These societies are generally self-dependent, who have control over themselves and they can independently survive on then own. They live in communities, quite segregated from society. Tribal society is completely different from rural and urban society from the point of view of social structure and culture.

Question 19.
Explain the role of the caste system in the modern age.
Answer:
Today, we can clearly say that the caste system has been weakened to a great extent. Now, it hardly matters as to which group a person belongs to. The structural aspect of the caste system has also been weakened. Caste discrimination, religious disabilities, restrictions on social intercourse are no more a part of society. Now caste has no direct relation with one’s occupation.

Jajmani’s system of villages is also weakening. The majority groups have dominance in villages instead of caste groups. Yet some impact of the caste system can be seen at the time of marriage but its rigid aspect is no more seen. It has been greatly influenced by a number of processes like industrialization, urbanization, Sanskritization, westernization, etc.

Question 20.
What do you know about the concept of Tribal Identity’?
Answer:
The meaning of Tribal Identity is to preserve the social and cultural heritage of tribes so that the existence of their culture should not come to an end after they come in contact with other cultures. These days tribes are feeling that they are being marginalized and that is why the concept of tribal identity came in front.

In tribal societies, people are converting their religion, forgetting about their culture, and want to become modern because of the impact of Christian missionaries and the spread of education. It is harming their basic culture. That is why the sense of tribal identity came forward so that their specific culture, religion, language, etc. could be preserved.

Question 21.
What do you know about categories of kinship?
Answer:
Three types of categories of Kinship are there on the basis of closeness and these are:
1. Primary Relatives: Primary relatives like husband, wife, father, son, daughter, brother, sister, etc. are included in this category. We have a direct relationship with them. These are of 8 types.

2. Secondary Relatives: Those relatives with whom we are connected with the medium of our primary relatives are our secondary relatives like the brother of father- uncle, sister of mother-aunt, father of father-grandfather, etc. These are of 53 types.

3. Tertiary Kins: Tertiary kins are those relatives which are primary relatives of our secondary relatives. For example, son of the brother of father cousin, wife of mother’s brother, aunt (Miami), etc. These are of 151 types.

Question 25.
In what ways can changes in social structure lead to changes in family structure? (C.B.S.E. 2010)
Answer:
It is true that changes in social structure lead to changes in family structure. For example, the Indian social structure was based on rural values. During colonial rule, industries established in India and rural society started to change into an industrial society. Rural people started working in industries.

That is why they started to migrate towards urban areas by leaving rural areas. In this way, the joint families existing in rural areas started disintegrating. People started to migrate toward urban areas and they took their wives and children with them. It led to the disintegration of joint families and to the advent of nuclear families.

Social Institutions Important Extra Questions Essay Answer Type

Question 1.
What is Caste System? Give its definitions.
Answer:
Meaning of caste system. The word ‘caste’ has come out of the Portuguese word ‘Casta’ meaning birth. It is also closely related to the Latin word ‘Castus’ which means Pure race. Actually, the caste system is based upon birth. The caste in which the person takes birth, he has to live with that caste for his entire life. With the birth of the child, his ways of living his life are determined. It keeps some restrictions on its members which are necessary to be obeyed by the person.

This caste system is one of the main bases of the Indian social system and all the aspects of Hindu social life are affected by this system. Its impact is so powerful that it has affected every group and community living in India.

Word ‘caste’ has been taken from the Sanskrit word ‘Jana’ which means birth. The caste system prevailed in other societies also but its developed form was seen in India.

Definitions of a caste system

To know the better meaning of caste it is necessary for us to look at the definitions of the caste system given by different sociologists and psychologists.

  1. According to Risley, “Caste is a collection of families or group of families bearing a common name, claiming a common descent from a mythical ancestor, human or divine, professing to follow the same hereditary calling and regarded by those who are competent to give an opinion as forming a single homogeneous community.”
  2. According to Robert Bierstadt, “When a class system is a closed group on one or more than one issue then it is
  3. According to Blunt, “A caste is an endogamous group or collection of endogamous groups, bearing a common name, membership of which is hereditary, imposing on its member’s certain restrictions in the matter of social intercourse, either following a common traditional occupation or claiming a common origin and generally regarded as forming a single homogeneous community.”

So, on the basis of the given definitions, we can say that caste is a group whose membership is based on birth. A person cannot leave his caste until he is not thrown out of his caste. A caste is a closed group. It means no one can marry out of his caste and there are certain rules and restrictions in it.

Question 2.
Give in brief the important characteristics of the caste system.
Answer:
1. Membership is based on birth: No one can determine his caste with his wish. Membership of caste is based on birth. Membership of a person was determined by his caste in which he took birth.

2. Restrictions on social relations: Society has been divided into different castes. One is from a higher caste and the other is from a lower caste. Sense of higher and lower exists in the caste system. People of higher castes lived in villages or cities and people of lower castes lived out of the city or village and they used to keep themselves away from higher castes.

3. Restrictions on eatables: There were some clear rules in the caste system which tell us that with which caste a person can keep his social relations and with whom he can share his food. Whole food was divided into two parts ‘Kachha Food’ and ‘Pakka Food’. Kachha food was made with water and Pakka food was made with oil.

The general rule was that a person can accept Kachha food only from the members of his own caste or from any Brahmin or from his Guru. That is why most of the castes accepted kaccha food given by brahmins but brahmins did not accept Kachha food from any other caste. Brahmins accepted Pakka food from specific castes only. Brahmins accepted Pakka food only from Kshatriya people and Vaishya people.

4. Restriction on occupation: According to the rules of the caste system, castes had their specific traditional occupation. A person had to adopt the occupation of his own caste even if the other occupations were more profitable. A man had no choice except to adopt his caste’s occupation. But some occupations were free to be adopted by anyone like trade, agriculture, the job in the military, etc. Even many castes were free to adopt any occupation but many castes had to practice their traditional functions like carpenter, blacksmith, barber, potter, etc.

5. Restrictions on marriage: The caste system was again divided and different castes were divided into sub-castes. These sub-castes restricted its members to marry out of its group. Endogamy is an important feature of the caste system. It means to marry in the group. Yet in some specific conditions, there were some restrictions. But, generally, they had to marry in their own caste. If anyone violated this rule then he was generally thrown out of his caste and was restricted to enter any other caste.

6. Segmental division of society: Hindu society was divided into many parts by caste system and the status, place, and function of every part were determined by it. That is why members of a particular conscious of being the members of a group. Because of this segmental division of society, the area of interaction for a person is generally restricted to his own caste. Panchayats gave punishments to the person who violated the rules of caste. Different castes had different traditions and ways of living.

7. Endogamy: There were strict restrictions related to marriage. One was not allowed to marry out of his caste but he has to marry in his own sub-caste. If anyone violated this rule then he was generally thrown out of his caste. Anulom marriage was also allowed to a certain extent. That is why boys of higher caste used to marry girls of a lower caste. Endogamy was the main basis of the caste system.

Question 3.
Explain the traditional theory of the origin of the caste system.
Answer:
1. Traditional Theory. Traditional theory related to the origin of the caste system is written in Hindu religious texts. The most ancient explanation in Vedic literature about the caste system is based upon one mantra of ‘Purush Sakta’ of ‘Rigveda’. According to this mantra, all the four varnas had originated from the different parts of the body of Brahma. Brahmins were originated from the mouth of Brahma, Kshatriyas from arms, Vaishyas from legs and Lower Castes had originated from the feet of Brahma.

In Manusmriti, Manu gave the functions of all four varnas. Brahmin will give education because he came from mouth, Kshatriya will use weapons and will protect the people because he came from arms. Vaishya will do the work of trade, agriculture, and rearing of animals. In the end, lower castes will serve the upper three Varnas.

In ‘Mahabharata’ it is also written that how different castes and sub-castes originated. In the Vedic age, there was no existence of Pratiloma marriage, only Anuloma marriages were there. Because Pratiloma marriage was not sanctioned by society. That is why the children produced by this marriage were not given any varna and they were differentiated from Hindu society. Later on, they became lower castes and sub-castes.

But the traditional theory has been criticized because the explanation of the varna System is there in this theory but there is no name of the caste system in it and caste and varna both are different from each other. Critics also disagree with the fact that all the castes and sub¬castes were originated due to the Anuloma and Pratiloma type of marriage. While criticizing Manu, many scholars say that the division of castes had not originated due to the varna system. If it could have happened then the number of sub-castes would have been lesser than that of main castes but it is actually opposite to it.

Question 4.
Explain the social theory of the origin of the caste system.
Answer:
Racial Theory. Many scholars have given the racial theory about the origin of the caste system. According to Risley, Maclver, Weber, Crober, etc. racial element is very important in the origin of the caste system. Ghurye, Dutt and Majumdar also supported it. According to Risley, three factors were responsible for the origin of the caste system-

  1. Racial exchange
  2. Interrelation due to exchange, and
  3. Sense of class difference.

The caste system in India was started after the arrival of the Indo-Aryan people. The society of this race was divided into four parts and they also applied this concept to India. Firstly, Aryans defeated the original inhabitants of India, and then they established one-sided marital relations with them because females among the Aryans were less in numbers. From here the custom of Anuloma marriage was started. Pratiloma marriage was not given sanction because Aryans refused to marry their daughters with Indian people. When the needs of Aryans fulfilled then they stopped the custom of Anuloma marriage. Racial mixture increased due to Anuloma marriage and different castes came into being.

According to Ghurye, Aryan people had given themselves higher status than the original inhabitants of India. They started the policy of living away from original inhabitants to maintain racial purity. They kept themselves in higher three varnas and had given the status of a slave to the original people of India. With the passage of time society was divided into groups of higher or lower status.

Majumdar was of the view that cultural conflict and racial exchange led to the origin of the groups of higher and lower status in India. Many reasons were there of racial mixtures, like less number of females in India, developed Dravidian culture, their matrilineal system, worship of gods and goddesses, wish to live life at one place, different customs, etc. After the conquest of the Aryan people over the Dravidian people, mutual exchange and cultural conflict were started among them. That is why many social groups came into being which became endogamous. From here the status of every group or caste was determined according to racial purity and on the basis of living away from other groups.

The racial theory has been criticized because it has explained the restrictions of marital relations but has not explained the rules of food and food sharing. Muslims and Christians are unable to take the form of a caste. Even they have cultural differences.

Question 5.
Explain the geographical and occupational theory of the origin of the caste system.
Answer:
Geographical Theory: Gilbert gave the geographical theory about the origin of the caste system. According to him, the caste system came into being due to the living of different groups in different parts of the country. This view is also expressed in Tamil Literature. This view can be explained on the basis of many examples. For example, brahmins living near the bank of Saraswati river were known as ‘Sarswati Brahmins’, and people living in Kannauj were known as Kannaujias. In this way, the names of many other castes were kept on the basis of their living place. But this theory has been criticized by most scholars because many castes exist in one geographical area and the names of all these castes are not related to that geographical area.

Occupational Theory: Nesfield and Dahlman gave the occupational theory about the origin of the caste system. According to Nesfield, different castes were originated on the basis of different occupations and he completely disagrees with racial factors. The racial mixture was at its advanced level even before the origin of the caste system. According to him, the caste system has not been originated due to religion because religion cannot give that fundamentalist base which is necessary for the caste system. In this way, according to Nesfield, the only occupation is responsible for the origin of the caste system.

According to Dahlman, earlier Indian Society was divided into three parts-Priests, King or Ruler, and Bourgouisee. Occupations of all three classes were related to religious, political, and economic activities. Then, with the passage of time, these groups were divided into smaller groups on the basis of occupation and relations. Earlier, they had taken the form of business enterprises and then were changed into business federals. Later on, these federals were developed into castes.

This theory has also been criticized: It is not correct to tell the direct relation between religion and caste. This theory is away from racial theory because there is some racial difference between higher and lower groups. With this, if the caste system was originated from business enterprises then why it originated only in India and not in any other country. This theory cannot provide answers to these questions.

Question 6.
Give in brief the evolutionary and religious theory of the origin of the caste system.
Answer:
Evolutionary Theory: This theory was given by Denzil Ibbetson. According to him, the caste system was not originated on the basis of four varnas but was originated by the organizations which were formed on an economic basis. According to him, earlier people were living like wanderers and there was no existence of a caste system. Blood relations were there among people and there was no feeling of higher or lower in them. But slowly and slowly and by living with each other economic development was started and people started to do agricultural work.

With the passage of time economic life became complex and a need was felt for the division of labor. It became the duty of the king to make such a policy that could be based on the division of labor and occupational differences. With this many new classes came into being. Community feeling was developed while living with each other. With time these groups had made their unions secure their interests. Every union had adopted the policy of endogamy to save its occupational secrets. In this way, due to endogamy, the caste system came into being. Slowly and slowly these groups had made their place in the social hierarchy.

This theory has also been criticized because unions on the basis of occupation are these in all societies. Then why the caste system was developed in India. The economic factors could be taken as one of the factors of origin but cannot be taken as the only factor.

Religious Theory: This theory was given by Hokart and Senart. According to Hobart, the origin of the caste system and division of Indian society took place due to religious customs and theories. In ancient Indian society, religion was very important and animals were also sacrificed to gods. In the custom of sacrifice, chanting of mantras and worship was also involved in which many persons were required. Slowly and slowly people, who were doing religious work started segregating. According to Hobart, the occupation of every caste goes on from generation to generation. The main base of occupation was not economic but was religious.

According to Senart, restrictions related to food came due to religious factors, and people were divided into castes and sub-castes. But some sociologists are of the view that the caste system is not a religious institution but is a social institution. That is why this theory is not correct. The caste system is very complex and the theories related to its origin are diverse.

Question 7.
Give in brief the Mana theory of the origin of the caste system.
Answer:
Mana Theory: Hutton was of the view that the elements of the caste system were there in India even before the arrival of the Aryans in India. When Aryans came to India then they had strengthened these elements to secure their interests. Social division in India was not much clear before them but the Aryans had differentiated it and kept themselves at the top of the system. According to Hutton, this was at an early stage.

In ancient times, Mana was considered the invisible divine force that exists in every person and can move from one person to another just by touching each other. Tribal people believed that the difference among humans was because of Mana power. People stay away from foreigners because they are afraid of Mana. They did not even touch those people, who they considered evil. In this way, tribes keep some restrictions on their members on some things which are known as Taboo.

According to Hutton, even Hindu, Muslim, Parsis, and Buddhist people also believed in Mana and Taboo. Discriminations related to Mana and Taboo were there even before the Aryans came to India. That is why restrictions among different groups related to marriage, food, occupation, etc. were there. When the caste system was started then it imposed many restrictions on its members.

This theory has also been criticized by scholars. They say that yet Mana and Taboo also exist in tribes of other countries of the world but we cannot find a caste system anywhere else. With this, the culture of tribes never represents the whole Indian culture.

Question 8.
What are the changes coming in the Caste System? Write in detail.
Answer:
1. End to discrimination and untouchability: In 1955, the Indian government passed the law ‘Untouchability Offence Act’ and tried to eradicate untouchability: Now if anyone says ‘Untouchable’ to any person of lower caste then he will be considered a criminal. The government has adopted the policy of reservation in government institutions to uplift the lower castes. On the basis of this policy, special provisions are given to lower caste people. In modern times, a person of every caste is doing every type of work. The government gives scholarships to the people of backward classes so that they should be able to get any status in society with some hard work. In this way, the discrimination on the basis of untouchability has been reduced to a great extent.

2. Change in the caste hierarchy: The hierarchy which was determined by the caste system in Indian society has been changed completely. Lower castes have been uplifted in society by a number of processes like urbanization, industrialization, Sanskritisation, etc. In modern times, no caste is considered inferior to the other castes. Even people of higher castes are ready to marry in the lower castes. In this way, social mobility came into being in Indian society and now we hardly find the hierarchy of castes anywhere.

3. Changes in the restrictions of food and drink: During ancient times, the feeding of the caste was determined by the caste system. Food was divided into two parts and feeding relations of a caste were pre-determined. But in modern times it was very difficult to adopt these restrictions. When people of different castes came in contact with each other in cities then these restrictions came to an end slowly. Cooks in hotels belong to different castes and people eat in hotels by sitting with each other and without asking each other’s caste. In cities, people work with each other and that is why they started eating with each other. In this way, a number of changes came in the feeding restrictions of a caste.

4. Decline in the status of Brahmins: Changes in the caste system were started even under the rule of the British. Firstly, the British government treated all the people of different castes equally. According to them, no one is brahmin or Kshatriya but all of them are Indians. They started to give western education to Indian people instead of religious education. Everyone was free to get an education in various educational institutions. In this way, there was no question of the superiority of brahmins because humans started to attain social status according to their ability and not on the basis of their caste. Lower castes raised their status by progressing economically.

5. Freedom in the selection of occupation. In ancient Indian society, the occupation of a person was determined to right after his birth and it was according to his caste. A person had to adopt the occupation of his caste, even against his wish. He was not allowed to adopt any other occupation except his pre-determined profession. But because of many reasons, society started giving importance to personal ability. Now humans are free to adopt the occupation of their choice. It means that person can choose the occupation according to his ability. Even the concept of profit has been linked with this. No occupation is higher or lower in his eyes. Now, he chooses the occupation in which he sees more profit. In this way, the freedom, which a person has got in a selection of occupation, has brought changes in the caste system.

6. Change in status of the woman. During the prevalence of the caste system, the woman was spending her life only by living in the four walls of the house. She was neither free to get an education nor she was free to speak on any subject. In this way, she had to spend her life in a suppressed way. But in modern times, she has got freedom in all sectors of life and she is now no more under the control of males. Now she is economically self-dependent. The status of females has been completely changed. People feel happy in the case of the birth of a baby girl. Now, there is no difference between a boy or girl child. Even the government has given reservations to females in different sectors. Now every female is free to marry anywhere she wishes.

Question 9.
What is a tribe? Give its definitions.
Answer:
A group of people who lives away from our civilization, on mountains, forests, valleys, etc. is known as Tribe. They have been given the name of Scheduled Tribes in the Indian Constitution. A tribal society is a classless society. There is no existence of any type of stratification in these societies. The tribe was considered a very important social group in ancient societies. Most of the population of tribal society lived either on mountains or in forests. They lived almost in every part of our country.

These societies are generally self-dependent which are controlled by themselves and are away from any type of control. Tribal societies are very much different from the structure and culture of rural and urban societies. We can divide them into three categories and these are:

  1. hunters, food gatherers, and fish catchers,
  2. people engaged in shifting agriculture, and
  3. people engaged in the permanent type of agriculture.

They are very much different from our culture, civilization, and society.

Definitions of a tribe
1. According to Imperial Gazetteer of India, “A Tribe is a collection of families bearing a common name, speaking a common dialect, occupying or professing to occupy a common territory and is not usually endogamous, though originally it might have been so.”

2. According to D.N. Majumdar, “A tribe is a collection of families or group of families bearing a common name, members of which occupy the same territory, speak the same language and observe certain taboos regarding marriage, profession or occupation and have developed a well-assessed system of reciprocity and mutuality of obligation.”

3. According to Gillin and Gillin, “Any collection of preliterate local groups which occupies a common general territory, speaks a common language and practices a common culture is a tribe.”

In this way on the basis of the given definitions, we can say that the tribes exist in a limited geographical area and live in the form of small groups. Different tribes are very much different and independent from each other on the basis of some of their aspects like social structure, language, culture, etc. Every tribe has its own language, culture, traditions, eating habits, etc. They have a sense of unity among themselves because they live with each other in a definite geographical area. It is the collection of groups of many families that were endogamous long ago. These days, these tribal people have been given protection by the Indian Constitution for their development in the form of many facilities like reservation and gradually, they are joining the mainstream.

Question 10.
Explain in brief the different characteristics of the tribe.
Answer:
A Tribe has many characteristics which are given below:-
1. Collection of families: A tribe is a group of many families that has common descent. They produce things to fulfill the needs of the tribe. They never accumulate things and do not have any property. These families have a sense of unity among themselves.

2. Common geographical territory: People of a tribe living in a common and definite geographical territory. They are very much different and live away from other parts of society due to this common and definite geographical territory. That is why they are out of the reach of the rest of society. Because they have their own different culture and they never like the interference of anyone in their tribe, they do not keep any type of relations with the rest of the society. They have their own world. They have the community feeling because they five in common territory.

3. Common Language and Common Name: Every tribe has its own different language because of which they are different from each other. A number of tribal languages, in our country, exist according to the number of tribes. Every tribe also has its different name and it is known by that name.

4. Segmentary Society: Every tribal society is different from other societies on many bases like eating habits, languages, geographical area, etc. They are different from each other on many bases and never like to interfere in each other’s matters. They do not discriminate against anyone and that is why they are known as a segmentary society.

5. Common Culture: Every tribe has its different ways of living, religion, language, taboos, etc. But these are the same in one tribe. In the same way, because of these differences, all the humans in one tribe has the same culture.

6. Economic Structure: Every tribe has its own land which practices shifting agriculture on it. They just want to fulfill their needs and that is why their production is also limited. They never accumulate things because of which they do not have any sense of property. That is why there is no class in tribal society. Every member of a tribe has equal rights on all the things and no one is inferior or superior in these societies.

7. Mutual Cooperation: Every member of a tribe gives full cooperation to other members of society so that all the needs of the tribes could be fulfilled. It is the duty of the headman of every tribe to keep the respect of its tribe. Every member of the tribe has to obey the orders of the headman and they give respect to their headman.

Question 11.
Explain in brief the political organization of North Eastern tribes.
Answer:
Political Organization of North Eastern Tribes. We can include the states of Tripura. Mizoram, Manipur, Meghalaya, Nagaland, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, etc. in North-Eastern tribes. The main tribes of these states are Naga, Mizo, Apatani, Lushai, Jantiya, Garo, Khasi, etc.

Tribes of Assam have democratic political organizations. Most of these tribes have given sanction to the collective ownership of land and personal right over the land has also been given the sanction. People of one village are free to do agriculture anywhere. Yet, different families of the village have different economic conditions but no strict social stratification has ever emerged due to this.

Most of these tribes are divided into exogamous clans, the rest of the tribes live without the clan system in communities of villages. These different clans work under different chieftains. In the Khasi tribe, the post of chieftain after his death is given to the eldest son of his eldest sister. If no male is there then the eldest daughter of the eldest sister is given the post of the chieftain. Khasi tribe was divided into 25 Khasi states in ancient times which were independent of each other.

Administration in these tribes was democratic which had one of its head. Chieftain in Khasi tribe neither can impose any tax on the people, nor he can make any policy independently and he does not have any right related to forest or land. Decisions were taken according to public opinion. They call the council of all the adults of the tribe and people had to participate in it. Yet, the chieftain had all the rights in the Lushai tribe but even here it was not possible for him to go against the opinion of the people. The chieftain and his post both were ancestral but the administration was generally democratic.

Political administration in the Garo tribe is being run on democratic lines. There is no chief in the Garo tribe, just one headman is there who is the head of the tribe only by name. Most of these important decisions of the tribe are taken by the council or administration of the village which has the elders of the families as its members. A lot of diversity can be seen in the political administration of the Naga tribe. Some Naga tribes are being run on the autocratic will of the head but many Naga tribes have the democratic association of the village in which the headman has very few rights. Most of the Naga tribes are considered violent but these ideas are not correct.

Naga tribes can be seen on the battlefield but it should be seen from the social-historical point of view. Most people think that it is not possible to establish a consistent administration in this type of violent condition where every person has their own rule. But even in these conditions, one flexible political organization can be seen in these tribes. Headman in the Konyak tribe has many powers and rights.

Question 12.
Explain briefly the political organization of tribes of central India.
Answer:
Central Indian Tribes. Most of the tribes of India live in the areas of Madhya Pradesh, Bihar, and Odisha. Some elements of political organizations in these tribes are generally the same on the basis of the unity of clans. One association of elders of the village is there for the help of the headman which takes care of the administration of the village. Most of the decisions in tribes are taken either with consensus or with public opinion and it is not possible for the head of the tribe to go against this decision.

The majority of the people of this area belong to Bhil, Gond, and Oraon tribes. Oraon people have formed one organization ‘PARHA’ which is the organization of many neighboring villages that has one central unit called ‘PARHA PANCH’. Every oration para has many villages. Out of these villages, one village is known as Raha (king), the second is known as Diwan, the third is known as Panri (clerk of the king,) and the fourth one is known as Kotwal village. Other villages do not have much authority and they are known as subjects of the king. King village is known as the head village of Partha. Every village has its own flag and badge which any other village cannot have. The main function of the paratha council is to solve the problems between different villages.

The lowest political authority among Santhal people is with the head of the village who is known as Manjhi. Manjhi and other elders of the village meet each other and discuss the matters of the society. The Head of the village gets some gifts at the time of his marriage. He also possesses some land without rent. Manjhi also has civil and moral authority. He is assisted by the deputy’s head for the day to day functions.

The Head of the village among Munda people is also known as ‘MUNDA’ but the religious head is known as ‘PAHAN’. 12 villages make one Patti or Parha whose head is known as ‘MANKT. Heads of villages form one group in which Manki is the most powerful. The basic political unit among the Gond people in the village. The Head of the village is known as either Patel or Manda. Some elders of the village help him in doing the functions of the village. These people exist in the Bastar district of Bihar. Yet the Hindu king of Baster does not have any domination over them but still, he is known as the spiritual head of all the Gond groups.

Question 13.
Discuss the political organization of South Indian tribes.
Answer:
South Indian Tribes. This tribal belt is the most technically and financially backward tribes. Most of the tribes of this village live in small groups. They are either dispersed in forests or are working for the farmers. Generally, these people live their fife according to their wish and they like to live away from interference and contact with any external group.

Tribes of the Andaman and Nicobar islands still are living in the hunting and food gathering stage of human development. Many of these tribes are wanderer groups but still, they wander in one definite geographical area. Even local groups have 5-10 families and every group has its own head. These local groups are living and working differently. They meet with each other temporarily at the time of hunting or at the time of any occasion.

Some other wanderer tribal groups do not have any post of the head. Heads of the family sit at one place if any problem arises and try to find the solution to that problem. There is no headman in Alios and Arandar people. When elders of the group meet each other then the discussion on any matter takes place and everyone has to accept their decision. Whoever does not like their decision, generally leaves the tribe. The group then becomes part of the other groups. The institution of Headman in the Kadar tribe has come to an end.

The post of the headman in the Adyar tribe of Kerala is ancestral. If the son is not good enough for the post then this post is given to the nephew. Headship is a special post but he is not an autocratic ruler. He only presides over the meetings of elders in which the community matters are generally discussed.

Question 14.
What is meant by Family? Explain its definitions.
Answer:
A family is an important group for social structure. The word family has been taken from the word ‘Fabulous’ which is a Roman word. A family is a social institution in which a husband and wife are socially entitled to procreate and bring up their children. It is a social set up in which people with blood relations live together. After the upbringing of the child, he becomes a citizen of society. In simple words, the meaning of family is the group of husband, wife and their children. But from a sociological point of view, its meaning is not only a collection of people but is by the system of their mutual relationship and its main objectives are to produce children, their upbringing, their socialization, etc.

Definitions
Different sociologists have given different views about the family and some of these definitions are given below-

  1.  According to Maclver, “Family is a group defined by sex relationship sufficiently precise and enduring to provide for the procreation and upbringing of children.”
  2. According to G.P. Murdock, “The family is a social group characterized by common residence, economic cooperation and reproduction. It included adults of both sexes, at least two of whom maintained a socially approved sexual relationship and one or more children, own or adopted, of the sexually cohabitating adults.”
  3. According to H.M. Johnson, “Family is a group of two or more individuals related by blood, marriage or adoption and residing together, all such persons are considered as members of one family.”

Yet many differences are there in the definitions given by different sociologists but on one thing their views are the same that a family is a group in which a relationship of male and female are accepted by the society and it is a universal group. Its members are personally connected with each other in the process of reproduction. In short, we can say that mother, father and their children are included in the family and it is developed in every society.

Question 15.
Discuss in brief the important characteristics of the family.
Answer:
1. Family is a universal group: A family is a social group. It is also known as the first institution in human history because it exists in every society and at all times. Every member of society is definitely a member of a family. It is so because wherever we take birth, we are related to those members of the group.

2. Emotional base: Family is the base of the human society which is based on basic instincts of humans like to produce the children, relations of husband and wife, maintenance of descent, protection of property, etc., and emotions are also included in this. Feelings of cooperation, love, sympathy also are developed in this and this is necessary for the progress and development of society.

3. Formative Influence: A family is an important unit in a social structure. Family exerts a formative influence on the development of the personality of the child. Family is an institution in which a child gets knowledge about social behavior. All-around development of the man is possible only in the family. Whatever a child observes in the family tries to learn and imitate that thing.

4. Small in size: The size of the family is limited because only those persons are included in the family who either take birth in the family or who have marital relations. In ancient times when society was based on agriculture then joint families were there in which father-mother, grandfather-grandmother, uncle, aunt, etc. were living collectively. Today, nuclear families are coming up especially in big towns and cities where both the parents earn bread for the family. Nuclear or small families are found where only unmanned children live with their parents.

5. Central position in the social structure: Our society is based on the family and different associations are formed only from the family. That is why it has a central position in society. In earlier societies, social organization was based upon the family. Social progress was also based upon this. Most of the functions of the family have been taken by other institutions but still a number of functions are there which only family can do for the society.

6. Responsibility of the members: Every member of the society is connected with other members of the society and every member of the family takes each other’s responsibilities. Members do not have feelings of selfishness amongst themselves. In fact, whatever they do they do it for the family’s development. Even the sense of sacrifice develops only in the family. We cannot find personal relations in any other institution except family. If anyone becomes ill in the family then other members of the family take care of that person. It increases the feeling of cooperation among them. According to Maclver, “In difficult times, people work for the family, die while fighting but the family does all these things for the whole life.”

Question 16.
Explain different types of families on different bases.
Answer:
1. Types of the family on the basis of Marriage-It is of two types:
1.Monogamous Family-In this type of family, one male marries one female, and the family on this type of base is known as a Monogamous family. In the modern age, this type of family is known as the right type of family.

2. Polygamous Family-When one male marries more than one female or one female marries more than one male, then, this type of family is known as a polygamous family. It is further of two types:

  1. Polyandrous Family-When one female marries more than one male then it is known as polyandrous marriage. The main feature of this type of family is that one female has many husbands. It is again of two types. The first type is a Fraternal polyandrous family in which all the husbands are brothers. The second type is a non-fraternal polyandrous family in which the husbands are not connected.
  2. Polygamous Family-When a male marries more than one female then it is known as a polygamous family. In this type of family, one male has many wives. For example, Muslims are permitted to keep four wives. Hindu kings, in ancient times, had many wives. But according to the Hindu Marriage Act of 1955, Hindus are not permitted to keep more than one wife. Many tribes in India are still there who have this type of family-like Nagas, Gonds, etc.

2. Family on the basis of Numbers-Family on the basis of numbers is of three
types:

  1. Nuclear Family-Nuclear family is a very small family in which the husband, wife, and their unmarried children live. Other relations are not included in the nuclear family. This type of family exists in modern societies because people are doing jobs in cities. Children make their own nuclear family after their marriage.
  2. Joint Family-There are many members in this type of family. Grandfather, grandmother, elder uncle-aunt, younger uncle-aunt, brothers, sisters are included in this type of family. Generally, this type of family exists in the villages.
  3. Extended Family-This type of family is generally made only after and with the help of a joint family. The advanced stage of joint family is known as extended family. In this all the brothers, their married children and even their grandchildren five together. This type of family is not possible in modern societies. This type of family was seen during the earlier time when the whole family was engaged in the same occupation but today it is hardly seen.

3. Family on the basis of Nomenclature-It is further of four types:

  1. Patrilineal Family-In Patrilineal family descent is of the father which generally exists in today’s life. It means that the son gets the nomenclature of the father and the nomenclature of the father is of great importance.
  2. Matrilineal Family-This type of family runs in the name of the mother. It means that the child gets the nomenclature of the mother. This type of family exists in many tribes of India.
  3. Bilinear Family-In this type of family descent of both mother and father goes side by side. It means that the child gets the nomenclature of both mother and father.
  4. Non-Unilinear Family-In this type of family, the nomenclature is determined on the basis of nearest relative. It is known as the non-unilinear family.

4. Family on the basis of types of relatives-This type of family is of two types:

  1. Consanguine Family-In this type of family, blood relations are at the highest place and there are no sexual relations in it. Husband and wife are also there in this type of family but they are not the base of this family. Membership of this type of family can be attained only on the basis of birth. This type of family never comes to an end even after divorce and they are permanent.
  2. Conjugal Family-Husband, wife, and their unmarried children are here in this type of family. In this, husband-wife and their relatives are included. This type of family can be broken after the death of either husband or wife or both.

5. Family on the basis of Residence-This type of family is of three types:

  1. Patrilocal Family-In this type of family, the bride leaves her father’s house and goes to the house of her husband to live and establish the family. We can see this type of family very often.
  2. Matrilocal Family-This type of family is definitely opposite to the Patrilocal family in which a girl never leaves her father’s house after marriage but it lives there only. In this, her husband leaves his father’s house and goes to the house of his wife to live. It is known as the Matrilocal family. We can find this type of family in Garo and Khasi tribes.
  3. Neolocal Family-This type of family is different from the other two types. Husband and wife are not living at their father’s house but they make a new house after their marriage and that is why it is known as the Neolocal family. We can find this type of family in the modern age.

6. Family on the basis of Authority-This type of family is of two types:

  1. Patriarchal Family-In this type of family whole power is in the hands of males. The Head of the family is male. Descent also depends upon the father. After marriage wife goes to the husband’s house and the property is distributed among the boys of the family. The eldest son of the family gets the most respect. His respect in the home is equal to the respect of the father. In every type of necessary family matters, male’s interference is necessary. It looks at the ancient Hindu society then, according to the Vedic books male was just like a God for the female. The eldest son gets all the rights of the family after the death of his father.
  2. Matriarchal Family-In this type of family, the female is dominant in the family, the whole ownership of the property of the family is in the hands of the female. Females of the family have the right over the property. After marriage husband goes to the house of the wife to live. The property was divided among the females of the family. The descent was also moved from females.

Question 17.
What are the Social Functions of the Family?
Answer:
1. Socialization: The child learns ways of living in society only in family and becomes a good citizen. With the help of the family, the child establishes social contacts. The child takes birth in the family and, firstly, he comes in contact with his parents because they fulfill his basic needs. The person gets ascribed status from the family. Qualities like cooperation, love, sacrifice, disciplines develop in a person only in the family. If the child gets proper education in the family then good citizens will come forward in society. He comes to know about every type of behavior only while living in the family.

2. Protection and transmission of culture: Family protects our culture and this culture is our social heritage. Every family understands the responsibilities of giving good habits and values to the next generation, traditions, customs, rituals to the person. The child learns everything with an unconscious mind because he automatically does that thing which he observes in the family. Every family has its own customs on which it is based. The family tells the child to learn everything consciously so that the child should move according to the traditions of the family. In this way on the basis of this continuity, the family protects and carries forward their culture and values to the next generation.

3. Social control: Family is an important agency of social control because it is the first agency in which the child is controlled so that the bad habits should not be formed in him. For example, parents control him not to tell a lie, not to misbehave with elders so that he should follow the rules of the family. Every person wants to do that type of work which helps in increasing the prestige of his family in the society. The family controls every type of behavior and actions of its members. In this way the child becomes disciplined. If the child does not behave in a proper way with members of the family then he will definitely misbehave with other members of the society. In this way, the family controls its members.

4. To provide status: In the family, a child comes to know about his status and role. In ancient societies, the child was respected according to the family in which he was born. For example, the child born in a rich family, King’s house, Landlord’s house get social status automatically. Yet, today, man gets status according to his ability but still, the child has to work according to the family in which he is born.

5. Provide occupation: In ancient societies, the child had to adopt the occupation of the family in which he was born. In the caste system, a child born in a Brahmin family adopts the occupation of the brahmins. According to ancient history, division of occupation was based on caste, and caste was related to the birth of the child. Today, a person can adopt the occupation according to his ability.

6. Help in marriage: This function was also done by the family in ancient societies. These days, man establishes marital relations according to his wish. But still, it is necessary that the family members should be present at the time of marriage. Even today it is the duty of the family to marry their children.

Question 18.
What are the changes that are coming in the institution of the family? Explain in detail.
Or
Explain the changes which are coming in the structure and functions of the family.
Answer:
1. Change in educational functions: With the change in society, changes are also coming in the functions of all the institutions. The functions of the family have been changed completely. In ancient times, a child was educated in the family, and education was generally related to the traditional occupation of the family. It was so because the joint family system was there and whatever professions the father was into, the child had to adopt the same occupation.

Under the guidance of the father-child got his training. But slowly and slowly, with modernization, children began to go to educational institutions to get an education and because of this, they started to move away from the traditional occupation of the family. He started adopting other occupations. In this way, the traditional function of the family changed and has gone into the hands of educational institutions and other changes that took place in society.

2. Change in the economic functions: During earlier times family was the center of economic activities. Every work-related to earning was done by the family. In this way, all the means of living were available to the family members. But with the advent of industrialization, all those functions of production were taken away by the big industries like, now cloth is made in textile mills. In this way, the economic functions of the family have been taken by industries. So the responsibility of the family of economic production has been taken away by other institutions.

3. Change in religious functions: During earlier times, one of the main functions of the family was to give religious education to its members. Elders of the family taught its members about religion and morality. But with the advent of new scientific inventions and discoveries, the outlook of the people changed from a religious to scientific point of view.

During earlier societies, religion was of utmost importance but today, religion is not given importance when it comes to societal issues. In earlier times people used to spend a lot of time in religious functions and religious rituals were performed for a number of days. Even now people believe in religion and customs but they can hardly spare time for them. They celebrate festivals and other important days together.

4. Change in social functions: Social functions of the family have been reduced. During earlier times, the husband was just like a God for his wife. It was the duty of the husband to keep his wife happy. The function of the family was the upbringing of children. But now, due to more number of nuclear families in cities and towns, only parents bring up their children.

5. Decreasing family unity. In earlier times joint families were there but today, unity and the system of joint family has come to an end. Everyone has their own ideals. No one tolerates anyone’s interference. They are living with each other, eating, drinking with each other but hardly bother about them. Clearly, they lack unity.

Question 19.
What is Joint Family? Give its definitions.
Answer:
The main feature of ancient Indian society was the joint family system. The meaning of joint family is that husband, wife, children, grandparents all should live in one house. In these families property is common and every member of the family has shared in it. The system of the Indian family is just like the socialist community. The joint family system is based upon the authority of the father. Different scholars have different views about the meaning of joint family and these are given below:
1. According to Karve, “A joint family is a group of persons who generally live under one roof, who eat and cook at one hearth, who hold property in common and who participate in common worship and are related to each other as some particular type of kindred.”

2. According to I.P. Desai, “We call that household a joint family which has greater generation depth than the nuclear family and the members of which are related to one another by property, income and mutual rights and obligations.”

3. According to Kingsley Davis, “The joint family consists of males having common male ancestor, females offspring not yet married and women brought into the group by marriage. All of these persons might live in a common household or in several households near to one another. In any case, so long as the joint family holds together, its members are expected to contribute to the support of the whole and to receive from it a share of the total product.”

From these definitions, it is clear that a joint family is a cooperative system of close relations based on the common organization in which a mixture of common property and common rights is there. In this family, all the persons of common ancestors are included. In these families, members of a minimum of three generations are living. Cultural continuity exists in them and every person obeys his duty properly.

Question 20.
Discuss in brief the major characteristics of a joint family.
Answer:

  1. Large in Size-In joint family, members of many generations five who are related with the descent of the father. That is why it is large in size.
  2. Feeling of Cooperation-In this system of family, all the members of the family help each other. They all cooperate and work together. In fact, they work for a common cause.
  3. Common Property-Ownership of the property is equal for all the members and the head of the family takes care of it.
  4. Common Residence-All the members of the joint family live under one roof. Their kitchen is also one where they take food jointly by sitting with each other.
  5. A Productive Unit-In this type of family, all the members of the family jointly work together and whatever they earn, share with each other.
  6. Common Religion-All the members of the joint family believe in one religion. They take part in all the religious activities of the family jointly.
  7. Common Kitchen-In joint family all the members use one kitchen. That’s why they celebrate all the religious activities jointly. Common kitchen enhances love in them.
  8. Stability-Joint family is more stable as compared to other types of family. Members of joint family are more in number and that is why earners are more in number. So because of this, all the needs of the members of the family are generally fulfilled. If anyone is sick in the family and is unable to do work even then they can five properly. That is why more stability is there in this type of family and culture is transmitted from one generation to another.
  9. Rights-In a joint family, the head of the family has a complete right over the members of the family. Head is of great importance in the family and all the other members of the family respect him. Every member has to obey his orders. The eldest member of the family is the head and he takes responsibility for the functions of the family. It helps in maintaining discipline in the family.

Question 21.
What are the merits of a Joint Family?
Answer:
1. Cooperation-Relations between the members of the joint family are of cooperation and mutual understanding. Every member takes care of each other’s needs. They lack a sense of selfishness. In fact, they have a sense of sacrifice. One member is ready to do anything for another.

2. Preservation of Culture-In joint family, members of many generations live with each other. That is why every person has to obey the rules made by the family. These rules and ideas are taken forward from one generation to another.

3. Social Control-In joint family all the members of the family are controlled by the head of the family. Every person has to obey the orders given by elders. That is why a child learns to respect others in the family. Children never try to do anything without the advice of elders.

4. Religious Functions-Common religion is there in the joint family. They celebrate all the religious activities jointly with each other. All the religious and customary functions are done by them jointly.

5. Recreation-Joint family is big in size. That is why they enjoy the company of each other. In the evening they sit with each other, have dinner together, which helps in the recreation.

6. Economic Advantage-All the members of the joint family work jointly and there is no division of land or labor among them. Males work outside and females work at home. All the functions of the family have been done by the members of the family.

7. Security of Members-All the members in a joint family work together. That is why if any member falls sick then other members take care of him. At the death of any member, they take joint responsibility for his wife and children. They help each other economically. In this way, there is no tension of unemployment or any physical ailment in the joint family. They help each other with every type of problem.

Question 22.
What are the demerits of the joint family?
Answer:
1. Lack of personality and Non-development of individual-Person cannot develop his personality while living in a joint family. The main reason behind this is that he cannot test his abilities. He cannot do anything according to his wish. In fact, he works according to the wish of others. Every member in a joint family has a say in each other life and so, an individual’s own choice is not given credit in joint families. In this way, he never gets a chance to develop his personality.

2. Lower Status of Women-Joint families are generally patriarchal families in which males are dominant. Females are just restricted to produce children or to take care of the kitchen. It is so because she is economically dependent upon others. In this way status of women is low.

3. Carelessness-In joint family everyone knows that whether they will work or not, they will get bread. In this condition, some members a lot and some sit idle. In this condition, some take responsibility for the whole family and others waste their time by not doing anything.

4. Conflicting Situation-In joint family conflicts and quarrels generally takes place. With this, the peace of the family comes to an end. Sometimes members of the family hardly speak to each other. In this condition sometimes joint family comes to an end.

Hence, we can say that in a joint family common property is there but no one takes its responsibilities, and in the situation of conflict sometimes property is also destroyed. Some other problems are also emerging because of joint family. That is why joint family is losing its importance. Social mobility has come because of industrialization, urbanization, and means of transport, etc.

Question 23.
Why are joint families disintegrating?
Answer:
1. Importance of Money-In modern society, man has changed his lifestyle by getting an education because of which he needs a lot of money. So, he started earning a lot of money by using his capabilities so that he could be able to raise his status and living standard. This thinking has encouraged him to separate from joint family.

2. Impact of Westernisation-British empire had brought a lot of changes in India. They promoted the Western culture. Western education helped the people to form independent views. That is why people started to live separately. Individualistic interests also developed.

3. Industrialisation-Modern society is also known as an industrial society. Industries came into being. Production of houses was gone to industries. Machines can do a lot of work with less expenditure. Artisans started to move towards industries. In this way, they started to separate from their roots. Now, there was no need to adapt to their traditional occupation. That’s why people started to move towards cities for jobs and joint families started to disintegrate.

4. Social mobility-In modern societies, man can achieve status according to his capabilities. That is why he has to do a lot of hard work. Every person wants to rise upwards in society. In joint family status of the person is ascribed and that is why there is no need to work hard. There is a lot of social mobility in society and thus, the joint families started to disintegrate. Now everyone thinks about his own family. The sense of individualism has been developed. He wants to make his personality himself. In this way, social mobility has encouraged the disintegration of joint family.

5. Development in the means of transportation-Means of transport has been developed. In earlier times man was unable to move from one place to another due to lack of means of transport and communication. That is why they lived a confined life. But with the development of means of transport, this problem was solved. Now they can live in different places and even then they can contact each other very easily. That is why the joint family started disintegrating.

6. Some other reasons-Another reason for the disintegration of the joint family was the conflicts and quarrels of the family because of which there had always been a tense atmosphere in the society. Because of which people started to leave the families. Many functions of the family have been taken by other institutions like stitching was done in the family but now tailor stitches the clothes. Children are going to creches if a mother is going out for a job. The government has also passed some laws with which females get complete independence in society. Now, the husband cannot treat his wife violently. She can five separately by getting a divorce. Both males and females have equal rights over the property. A girl has the same rights over the property of the father as the boy.

Question 24.
What is meant by Nuclear Family? Explain it with characteristics.
Answer:
Nuclear families are of great importance in modern societies. The nuclear family is a very limited group, on the basis of numbers, in which husband, wife, and their unmarried children live together. Nuclear families came into being after social changes. They are also known as basic families. Many sociologists have given their views about them which are given below:

According to G.P. Murdock, “The nuclear family consists typically of a married man and woman with their offsprings, although in individual cases one or more additional persons may reside with them.”

According to I.P. Desai, “Nuclear family is a family in which the members are not related to their kin through or by property or income or the right and obligations pertaining to them, as are expected and related by kinship.”

According to Haris, “Nuclear family is a small group of those people who except fulfilling the biological role fulfills the institutional responsibilities towards each other which are expected from them to do in the family.”

So on the basis of these definitions, we can say that husband, wife, and their unmarried children are there in a nuclear family. When children get married then they also start living in their separate families. These families are connected on the basis of marriage. They are small in size. In this type of family, only eight types of relations are included.

Characteristics of a nuclear family
1. Limited Size-Nuclear families are formed on the basis of the number of members. That is why the size of a nuclear family is small. In this husband, wife, and their unmarried children are included.

2. Limited relations-In nuclear families, 8 types of relations are included like: Husband-wife, Mother-son, Father-son, Mother-daughter, Father-daughter, sister- sister, sister-brother, brother-brother. In these types of families, blood relations are important. They have formal relations with other members of the family.

3. Common authority-Every member of the family has equal authority. Everyone shares advice and views in the family to solve the problems of the family. In this way, father alone does not have all the responsibilities. In this more importance is given to individual capabilities. Responsibilities and duties are shared among all the members.

4. Importance of all members of the family-In a nuclear family, only two generations live together. In this type of family, everyone has got an equal status. Labour is equally divided among the members of the family. Children have more importance in nuclear families. Parents wish to give good education to their children and they take care of every type of need of their children.

5. Independent Social Unit-The mam characteristic of a nuclear family is its independent nature. It means that the members of the family are dependent upon other members for their needs but they are not dependent upon other relatives. In this way, these families are of independent nature.

Question 25.
What is Kinship? Give its definitions.
Answer:
‘Kin’ is an English word that has been taken from the word ‘Cynn’ which means relative. Sociologists and anthropologists have kept the word ‘relatives’ while studying kinship. In the word kinship, all the relatives are included like blood relatives, relatives made by marriage, etc.

In simple words, according to Sociology and Anthropology, Kinship System is a collection of rules which regulates the nomenclature, heiress, heritage, marriage, extramarital relations, place of living, etc. and determines the status of a person in any specific society or in-group from the point of view of blood relation and relatives.

It means that the system of social relations developed and made by blood relations or affinal relations. Its clear meaning is that all those relations which have been made by blood or by marriage are part of the Kinship system. For example, mother-father, uncle-aunt, maternal uncle-aunt, brother-sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, etc. All these are relatives and are part of Kinship.

For the broader meaning of Kinship, it is necessary for us to see the definition of Kinship given by different scholars.

Definitions

  1. According to Levi Strauss, “Kinship is an arbitrary system of the idea.”
  2. According to Charles Winick, “Kinship system may include socially recognized relationship based on supposed as well as actual genealogical ties.”
  3. According to Redcliffe Brown, “All those relations which came as a result or made because of family and marriage are the part of Kinship System.”

On the basis of the given definitions, we can say that two persons are relatives. If their ancestor is one, then, they are the offsprings of one person. The kinship system is the system of relatives that is based on blood relations or affinal relations. The kinship system is cultural and its structure is different in the whole world. It is a system of specific relation groups in which all the relatives are included which understand the responsibilities towards each other. In this way system of social relations established by socially sanctioned real or made up blood and affinal relatives is known as the Kinship system.

Question 26.
Explain in brief the significance of the kinship system.
Answer:
1. With the help of the Kinship system, rights, marriage, family, production, and method of consumption, rights of political power are determined in tribal and agricultural societies. Even in urban societies, we can see the importance of Kinship relations at the time of marriage and family festivals.

2. Kinship, family, and marriage are very deeply related to each other. With the help of the Kinship system, we can determine who marries whom and which name would be given to which relation. From Kinship only we can come to know about the nomenclature, clan, and the family of the person.

3. Family life, relations of family, nomenclature, clan, and rituals related to birth and death are determined by the Kinship, and who will perform all the rituals is also determined by Kinship. For example, in the rituals related to marriage big brother, mother, and sister of the father are of great importance. Who will be the heir of the person is also determined by the Kinship. At the time of social functions, festivals, relatives are of great importance because at these the relationships are strengthened.

4. Kinship system gives strength to society. The kinship system plays an important role in making social organization. If the Kinship system would not be there then the social system will break down and there will be chaos in the society.

5. Kinship system determines sexual relations. Sexual relations in the Kinship system are restricted in our society. If the Kinship system would not be there then there will be a lot of illegal relations and children in the society and social disorders will prevail in society.

6. Kinship System plays an important role in the determination of marriage. You are not supposed to marry in your clan, how many relatives would be left from the mother’s side and the father’s side all depend upon the Kinship system. If this system would not be there then no one will obey the rules related to marriage.

7. Kinship system gives mental peace to an individual. Yet in modern industrial society, our views have been changed from emotional to practical but still, man is tied with the Kinship ties. Humans are based on the group and Kinship. Without Kinship, man is just like a dead man. Our relatives know us very well. They accept themselves as part of the family. If we are in any trouble, then our relatives would help us. Only by living with our relatives we become happy and feel pleasure in their company.

In this way, we can say that Kinship is of great importance in our society. Nothing will be left in our society if we take out the Kinship system from it.

Question 27.
Explain briefly the different categories of the kinship system.
Answer:
On the basis of closeness and distance from the person, Kinship has been divided into different categories. In Kinship, we do not have the same type of relations with all the relatives. The type of relations which we have with our parents, husband-wife, and children, we cannot have that type of relations with our uncle, aunt, nephew, etc. We do not have very close relations with them. On the basis of this closeness and distance, Kinship has been divided into three categories which are given below:

1. Primary Relatives: In the first category of Kinship primary relatives like husband-wife, father-son, mother-son, mother-daughter, father-daughter, sister-sister, brother-sister, brother-brother are included. According to Murdock, they are of 8 types. They are primary because relations among them are direct and very close.

2. Secondary Relatives: Some of our relatives are primary like mother-father, brother-sister, etc., and have direct relations with them. But some relatives are there who are not directly related to us. In fact, we are connected with them with the medium of our primary relatives like a brother, of the mother, brother or father, sister or mother, sister of father, husband of sister, wife or brother, etc. We do not have a very close relationship with them. They are our secondary relatives. According to Murdock, these are of 33 types.

3. Tertiary Kins: First relatives are primary. Then, comes the secondary relatives which are related to us through primary relatives. The third types are those relatives which are primary relatives of secondary relatives. Like a son of the brother of father, wife or mother’s brother, wife of the brother of father, .etc. According to Murdock, these are of 151 types.

So in this way, there are three types of categories of Kinship.

Distribution of Oceans and Continents Class 11 Important Extra Questions Geography Chapter 4

Here we are providing Class 11 Geography Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 4 Distribution of Oceans and Continents. Important Questions for Class 11 Geography are the best resource for students which helps in class 11 board exams.

Important Questions for Class 11 Geography Chapter 4 Distribution of Oceans and Continents

Distribution of Oceans and Continents Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is Pangaea?
Answer:
All landmasses of the world have been formed from one super¬continent called Pangaea.

Question 2.
Who first propounded the theory of continental drift?
Answer:
Alfred Wegner propounded the theory of continental drift in 1912.

Question 3.
Which plate is composed of mainly oceanic crust?
Answer:
The Pacific plate is composed of mainly oceanic crust.

Question 4.
How did the Himalayas rise?
Answer:
The collision between the Indian Plate and the Eurasian plate took place north of the Indian plate giving rise to the Himalayas.

Question 5.
What is the evidence in support of continental drift theory?
Answer:

  1. Geological matching
  2. Palaeoclimatic unity, and
  3. Palaeornagnetism.

Question 6.
Name the continents into which the supercontinent, Pangaea, got split.
Answer:
They are Laurasia and Gondwanaland.

Question 7.
How many years ago Pangaea, the supercontinent has evolved?
Answer:
Pangaea, the supercontinent, had evolved some 280, million years ago.

Question 8.
What are hot spots?
Answer:
The centers of volcanic activity are called hot spots.

Question 9.
Name the three kinds of boundaries based on their Relative motion.
Answer:

  1. Zones or margins of divergence or spreading,
  2. Margins of convergence, and
  3. Fracture zones or transform faults.

Question 10.
How many plates the lithosphere is divided into?
Answer:
Seven plates.

Question 11.
The collision between which two plates gave rise to the Himalayas?
Answer:
The collision between Indian and Eurasian plates gave rise to the Himalayas.

Question 12.
Name two fossils that tell us that continents were once united.
Answer:
The fossils of the plant Glossopteris and animals Mesosaurus and Lystosaurus, suggests that these continents were once joined.

Question 13.
What is Palaeornagnetism?
Answer:
It is the fossil magnetism evident today in igneous rocks such as magnetite, hematite, pyrrhotite, etc.

Question 14.
What is the Pacific plate?
Answer:
The latest plate in terms of its formation or origin.

Question 15.
What do you understand by the spreading of crust from the ridge and the widening of the ocean basin?
Answer:
It is the seafloor spreading.

Question 16.
Name the northern and southern parts of Pangaea.
Answer:
Laurasia and Gondwanaland.

Question 17.
Name the sea separating Laurasia and Gondwanaland.
Answer:
The Tethys sea.

Question 18.
In which parts Pangaea was split?
Answer:
Pangaea was split into northern continent Laurasia and Southern continent, Gondwanaland.

Question 19.
Name the original supercontinent. When was it formed?
Answer:
Pangaea. It was formed about 280 million years ago.

Question 20.
State three causes of plate movements.
Answer:

  1. Thermal convection,
  2. Hot spots of volcanic activity,
  3. Movement of currents.

Question 21.
What is meant by sea-floor spreading?
Answer:
The crust spreads away from the ridge and the ocean basin widens. This phenomenon is known as sea-floor spreading.

Question 22.
Name the process in which one plate overrides the other and the overriding plate slips down into the mantle and is submerged.
Answer:
Subduction.

Question 23.
What is thermal convection?
Answer:
It acts as a driving force for the movement of plates.

Question 24.
Name the four different types of plate interactions.
Answer:
Spreading, collision, subduction, and transform.

Question 25.
How was drifting of continents caused?
Answer:
It was caused by two forces :

  1. pole fleeing force, and
  2. tidal force.

Distribution of Oceans and Continents Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
How do lithosphere plates behave along the transform fault?
Answer:
The lithospheric plates slide over each other, neither creating nor destructing any landmass. Instead, the. friction arising from the f* movement of the plates usually causes severe earthquakes and earth tremors.

Question 2.
Why do geographers focus their attention on plate boundaries?
Answer:
Geographers focus their attention on plate boundaries because each plate is a tectonic plate. It is rigid and moves as a single unit. Nearly all major tectonic activity occurs along the plate boundaries.

Question 3.
What does the term ‘supercontinent’ refer to?
Answer:
The term ’supercontinent’ refers to a single common geological landmass called Pangaea. It has been proposed that all landmasses of the world had formed from this ‘supercontinent’. Pangaea had evolved some 280 million years ago, at the end of the Carboniferous period and by mid-Jurassic age, 150 million years ago. Pangaea land split into Laurasia, the northern continent, and Gondwanaland, the southern continent. About 65 million years ago, i.e. at the end of the cretaceous, bound mainland were further broken up to give rise to several other continents such as South America, Africa, Australia, and Antarctica.

Question 4.
Discuss the causes of plate movement.
Answer:
Sub-crustal convection currents invoke the mechanism of thermal convection that acts as a driving force for the movement of plates. Hot currents rise, then cool as they reach the surface. At the same time, cool currents sink down. This convectional movement moves the crustal plates. .. Owing to current movements, the rigid plates of the lithosphere, which ‘float’ on more mobile asthenosphere, are in constant motion.

Question 5.
What is a geological time-scale?
Answer:
The chronology of the geological history’ of the earth is revealed by its rocks. Geological time scale indicates the hierarchy of time periods during which different rocks of the earth have formed.

Question 6.
What is subduction?
Answer:
The process in which the overridden plate slips down into the mantle and is submerged is known as subduction. Besides volcanism and shallow to deep-focus earthquakes, boundaries also formed deep trenches and folded mountains.

Question 7.
What is polar wandering?
Answer:
There has been a periodic change in the position of the magnetic pole. These changes are recorded in rocks by way of permanent magnetism. Unraveling of the signatures of such changes in the geologically old rocks by scientific methods provides the changing position of poles in geological time scale. It is known as ‘polar wandering’. It demonstrates that the continents have frequently moved and changed their direction of motion from time to time.

Question 8.
Account for the formation of the Himalayas according to the theory of plate tectonics in three points.
Answer:

  1. South-east Indian ocean ridge collided between the Indian plate and European plate. The Indian plate gave rise to the Himalayas.
  2. The suture between the Indian and Eurasian plates in the Himalayan region has been along the Indus and Brahmaputra.
  3. The mid-Indian ocean ridge has been spreading faster.

Question 9.
What is ‘Zolrt of Convergence’?
Answer:
Zone of Convergence is the boundary along which the edge of ‘ one plate overrides the other. It produces deep trenches and folds mountains. Volcanoes and deep-focus earthquakes mark it.

Question 10.
Describe the driving force for the movement of plates.
Answer:
The sub-crustal convection currents invoke the mechanism of thermal convection that acts as a driving force for the movement of plates. As these currents reach the surface, the hot current rises, then cools. Sometimes, cooler currents sink down. This type of convectional movement causes the movement of crustal plates.

Question 11.
Name the major plates of the earth. Which plate is composed of the oceanic plate?
Answer:
Pacific plate, Eurasian plate, Indo-Australian plate, African plate, North American plate, South American plate, and Antarctica plate are the major plates of the earth.

The zone of divergence is the boundary along which the plate is composed of mainly oceanic crust. It is known as the Pacific plate.

Question 12.
What is palaeoclimatic unity?
Answer:
The uniformity in the nature of the sediment in the biological past indicates that these continents were together in the geological past and experienced similar climatic conditions. It is the native of glacial deposits of the separated continents indicating that these continents were together in the geological past and experienced similar climatic conditions.

Distribution of Oceans and Continents Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
What do you mean by ‘jig-saw-fit’? Describe the similarities found on the east and west coasts of the Atlantic ocean. What do they suggest?
Answer:
The ‘jig-saw-fit’ means the landmasses on the east and west coast of the Atlantic ocean can be fitted together. There are many similarities found on the two coasts :

  1. The Gulf of Guinea can be fitted into Cape San-Rogue of Brazil, the shoulder of Africa can be fitted into Gulf of Mexico, Western Europe and Eastern coast of North America along with Greenland can be fitted together.
  2. Gold deposits of Ghana lands are found on the east and in Brazil on the west.
  3. The glacial deposits are found in all landmasses of Gondwana land.

These similarities suggest that these continents were together in the geological past.

Question 2.
Discuss the Continental Drift Theory.
Answer:
Continental Drift Theory was proposed by Alfred Wegner in 1912. He postulated that all landmasses of the world have been formed from one super-continent called Pangaea.

The supercontinent, Pangaea, had evolved some 280 million years ago, at the end of the Carboniferous period and by the mid-Jurrasic age, 150 million years ago. Pangaea had split into a northern continent, Laurasia, and a southern continent Gondwanaland. About 65 million years ago, i.e., at the end of the Cretaceous, Gondwanaland further broke up to give rise to several other continents, such as South America, Africa, Australia, and Antarctica. Thus, the present distribution of the continental masses and the oceans are the n .uit of fragmentation of one or more pre-existing masses. These landmasses have drifted apart the intervening hollows having been occupied by the oceans.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 4 Distribution of Oceans and Continents im-1
There are several pieces of evidence that suggest the existence of Pangaea. This evidence is available in the form of geological watching, palaeoclimatic units, and paleomagnetism.

Question 3.
Describe sea-floor spreading in brief.
Answer:
The present distribution of continents has taken place in the last 65 million years. The drift of continents still continues. The ridges down the middle of ocean floors have been emitting lava continuously. Those mid-oceanic ridges are cracks on the floor of the ocean where molten rocks push up to form a new crust. The crust spreads among the ridge and the ocean basin widens. This phenomenon is known as sea-floor spreading. The Atlantic ocean is getting smaller and the Red Sea is the part of a crack in the crust that will widen to produce new ocean millions of years ahead in the future. In the past, the widening of the South Atlantic ocean has separated Africa and South America.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 4 Distribution of Oceans and Continents im-2

Question 4.
Explain the plate tectonic theory and its mechanism.
Answer:
Plate tectonic theory proves that the earth’s crust consists of several plates that carry continents and the ocean floors and float on the asthenosphere, moving very slowly, the movement probably resulting from currents in the asthenosphere. As shown in fig., the lithosphere is broken into seven major plates. They include :

  1. Pacific plate
  2. Eurasian plate
  3. Indo-Australian plate
  4. African plate
  5. North American plate
  6. South American plate
  7. Antarctic plate

The latest among these is the Pacific plate which is composed of oceanic crust almost entirely. The other plates have both continental and ocean crust. No plate consists of only continental crust. Plates range in thickness from about 70 km. beneath oceans to 150 km. under continents. Each tectonic plate is rigid and moves on a single unit. Nearly all major tectonic activities occur along the plate boundaries.

Based on the relative motion of plates, three kinds of plate boundaries have been recognized. They are :
1. Zones of divergence: These are boundaries along which plates separate and in the process of separation molten materials upwell. This is commonly observed along linear ocean edge where the new lithosphere is created in the form of new ocean floors. Active volcanism and shallow focus earthquakes make such boundaries,

2. Zones of convergence: There are the boundaries along which, the edge of one plate overrides the other. The overridden plate slips down into the mantle and is absorbed. This process is known as subduction.

3. Fracture zones or Transform faults: The plates slide past each other effect creating or destructing the boundaries. However, shallow focus earthquakes may result due to this friction.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 4 Distribution of Oceans and Continents im-3

Question 5.
Describe the main features of the Indian plate.
Answer:
Indian ocean floor presents striking topography consisting of a number of elevated ridges and plateaus. Two of the ocean ridges, namely, the Mascarene Plateau, Chagos-Maldweep-Lakshadweep island ridge are said to be the volcanic tracts of two hot spots. The Northward extension of Ninety-east Ridge indeed in the trench which consumed the seafloor to the north of the Indian continental mass. The Chagos- Lakshadweep ridge linked the ancient Carlsberg ridge with the Southeast Indian ridge during the Eocene period (50 million years ago).

Consequent to the Carlsberg-Southeast Indian ocean ridge, the collision between the Indian plate and the Eurasian plate took place north of the Indian plate giving rise to the Himalayas. The suture between Indian and Eurasian plates in the Himalayan region has been along the Indus and Brahmputra rivers.

Interior of the Earth Class 11 Important Extra Questions Geography Chapter 3

Here we are providing Class 11 Geography Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth. Important Questions for Class 11 Geography are the best resource for students which helps in class 11 board exams.

Important Questions for Class 11 Geography Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth

Interior of the Earth Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What are Body waves?
Answer:
The earthquake waves which travel through the solid body of the earth are called Body waves.

Question 2.
Name two types of Body waves.
Answer:
‘P’ (primary) and ‘S’ (secondary) waves.

Question 3.
Where does the asthenosphere lie?
Answer:
Asthenosphere lies in the upper mantle, or below the earth’s crust.

Question 4.
What is Gutenberg discontinuity?
Answer:
A plane of the discontinuous surface between the core and the mantle is known as Gutenberg discontinuity.

Question 5.
What is the effect on ‘P’ waves at the mantle-core boundary?
Answer:
The ‘P’ waves make an abrupt drop in velocity at the mantle- core boundary.

Question 6.
What does ‘M’ discontinuity stand for?
Answer:
It stands for Mohorovicic discontinuity.

Question 7.
Which region in the earth’s interior is referred to as the low-velocity zone?
Answer:
Asthenosphere in the upper part of the mantle is referred to as the low-velocity zone.

Question 8.
Which layer in the interior of the earth consists of ‘shadow zone’?
Answer:
Shadow zone lies within the earth’s core.

Question 9.
What is Love wave?
Answer:
It is an earthquake wave that travels along the surface of the ‘ earth with a motion entirely horizontal.

Question 10.
Name the three layers of the earth.
Answer:
They are core (barysphere), mantle (mesosphere) and crust (lithosphere).

Question 11.
What is a seismograph?
Answer:
It is a sensitive instrument that records the intensity of vibrations of earthquake waves and helps in earthquake prediction.

Question 12.
Name two types of surface waves.
Answer:

  1. Rayleigh waves
  2. Love waves

Question 13.
What is the temperature of the core?
Answer:
The temperature of the core is about 2000°C.

Question 14.
What are the various sources of heat in the earth?
Answer:

  1. Radioactivity
  2. The heat of aggradation
  3. The temperature of materials of which the earth is made

Question 15.
What is the depth of the earth’s crust?
Answer:
0-100 km. from the surface of the earth.

Question 16.
What is the radius of the earth’s core?
Answer:
3470 km. approximately.

Question 17.
What do you mean by Sial and Sima?
Answer:
It is the uppermost layer of the earth. It consists of silica and magnesium. Its average depth is 2800 km. It has a density of 4.75.

Question 18.
Define the term Nife.
Answer:
The core of the earth is called Nife. It consists of Nickel and ferrous. It has an average depth of 3500 km. and a density of 13 g/cm3.

Question 19.
What is a caldera?
Answer:
Caldera complexes are the most explosive of earth’s volcanoes.

Question 20.
Name the basic parts of a volcano.
Answer:
Crater, caldera, vent, fumaroles are the basic parts of a volcano.

Question 21.
Name the various intrusive forms.
Answer:
Batholiths, Lacoliths, Lapoliths, Phacoliths, Sills and Dykes.

Question 22.
Define ‘Pacific ring’.
Answer:
It is the region around the Pacific ocean. There are active volcanoes all around the Pacific OceAnswer:

Question 23.
What is lithosphere?
Answer:
The crust and the uppermost part of the mantle together are called the lithosphere.

Question 24.
Name the different types of earthquakes.
Answer:
Tectonic/Volcanic, Collapse, Explosion and Reservoir induced earthquake.

Question 25.
How explosion earthquakes occurs?
Answer:
Explosion earthquakes occur due to the explosion of chemical or nuclear devices. .

Question 26.
Name the direct sources which provide information about the earth’s interior.
Answer:
Volcanic eruptions, Deep Ocean Drilling Project and mining.

Interior of the Earth Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
How do the rocks of the earth’s mantle behave when subjected to the earthquake waves?
Answer:
The earth’s mantle behaves as an elastic solid when subjected to the earthquake waves. It changes the shape of the landscape when stresses are applied, but returns exactly to its original shape when these stresses are removed.

Question 2.
What is asthenosphere?
Answer:
The asthenosphere is the zone of hot rocks, believed to be in a plastic condition, underlying the solid lithosphere or the earth’s crust. It is sometimes termed as the soft layer of mantle or the low-velocity zone because the earthquake waves travel in it at reduced velocities.

Question 3.
Distinguish between Body waves and surface waves.
Answer:
The earthquake waves which travel longitudinally through the solid body of the earth are called Body waves. They move-faster. Those waves which move transversally along the surface are known as Surface waves. They move slowly and cause more disaster.

Question 4.
Define surface waves along with their sub-types.
Answer:
Hie earthquake waves which move along the free upper crust of the earth are called surface waves. Surface waves are of two types, viz, Rayleigh waves and Love waves. Rayleigh waves can be visualised as water waves travelling across the surface of a still pond after a pebble has been tossed into the water. But the motion in the Love waves is entirely horizontal, at right, angles to the direction of the wave motion. The Rayleigh and Love waves travel more or less the same length, but with different speeds.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth im-1

Question 5.
Describe Mohorovicic Discontinuity.
Answer:
The surface of a sudden increase in wave velocity, which separates the crust above from the mantle below is Mohorovic or ‘Moho’ or ‘M’ discontinuity. It is named after the Yugoslavian seismologist Mohorovicic, who first detected it in 1909.

Question 6.
How is the crust distinguished from the mantle?
Answer:
The crust is distinguished from the mantle by the presence of an abrupt change in the velocity of seismic waves. This corresponds to the abrupt change in the rigidity of the rock from crust to mantle. This change in rigidity is due to the change in the mineral composition or in the physical state of rocks.

Question 7.
Write a short note on the earth’s core.
Answer:
‘Core’ means the innermost part. Earth’s core is the innermost or central part of the earth’s interior. It has a radius of approximately 3470 km (2160 miles). On the basis of the behaviour of the seismic waves, it has been proved that the earth’s outer core is in a liquid state. Earth’s magnetic field is generated here. Between the outer core and the mantle that envelops it is the Gutenberg discontinuity.

Question 8.
Describe the earth’s crust.
Answer:
Earth’s crust is the topmost layer of the earth’s interior. It is also called the lithosphere. It has an average density of 3.0 g/cm. Its thickness varies from about 7 km. beneath the oceans to 70 km. under some parts of the continents. It is separated from the mantle below by Mohorovicic Discontinuity.

Question 9.
Discuss the properties of the upper mantle.
Answer:
Based on the behaviour of seismic waves, the mantle is subdivided into two major parts – the upper mantle and the lower mantle. The upper mantle extends from the crust to a depth of about 650 km. including the asthenosphere, which occupies the upper 300 to 400 km. The upper boundary of the upper mantle is forward by Mohorovicic Discontinuity, which separates it from the overlying crust.

Question 10.
How do the rocks of the earth’s mantle behave when subjected to the earthquake waves?
Answer:
The P’ waves move faster and make an abrupt drop in velocity of the mantle-core boundary, whereas ‘S’ waves move slowly and terminate at the mantle-core boundary. Through earth’s mantle (nearly ’ 2900 km) the speed of the earthquake waves is so high that only a very rigid and dense rock will satisfy the observed condition; the rocks behave as an elastic solid so that the mantle changes its shape when shear stresses are applied and returns exactly to its former shape when stresses are removed.

Question 11.
What is the main evidence in favour of the layered structure of the earth?
Answer:
The scientists accept that the earth has a layered structure. The earth has three layers or shells :

  1. crust
  2. mantle
  3. core.

These layers are distinguished on the basis of their physical and chemical properties, i.e.,

  1. thickness,
  2. density,
  3. temperature,
  4. metallic contents and
  5. rocks.

Question 12.
What do you mean by the term ‘Barysphere’?
Answer:
The Barysphere is the central core of the earth. It has a depth of 4980 km to 6400 km. It has a density of 17 g/cm3. It consists of heavy minerals and it is also called ‘core’. The core of the earth is metallic in > nature.

Question 13.
Describe the three types of earthquake waves.
Answer:
These waves are :

  1. ‘P’waves or longitudinal waves-These are also known as primary waves. These travel in the direction of their movement. They can travel through solids as well as liquid and gaseous matter.
  2. ‘S’ waves or transverse waves – These are also known
    as secondary waves. These travel at a right angle to the direction of their oscillation. They can travel in solid ‘? medium only.
  3. ‘L’ waves – These are known as surface waves. These waves do hot go deep into the earth.

Question 14.
What do you understand by the structure of the earth?
Answer:
The earth is made up of many layers of different materials. The density and temperature of each layer vary according to the depth. The study of the layered composition of the earth is known as the structure of the earth.

Interior of the Earth Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Write short notes on :
1. Shadow zone
2. The earth’s crust
Answer:
1. Shadow zone – It lies beneath the surface of the earth, i.e., in its interior. The seismic waves bend as they travel through the core and, therefore, ‘P’ waves are not directly received in a zone known as the shadow zone. Also, ‘S’ waves are not received there because they do not travel through the liquid outer core. Only surface waves are received in the shadow zone.

2. The earth’s crust – This is also known as the lithosphere. The crust is the outermost shell 1 of the earth. It consists of the surface granite SIAL and the intermediate basic SIMA layers. It is separated from the under layer MANTLE by the Mohorovicic Discontinuity. There are two kinds of crust – continental and oceanic. Continental crust has an average density of 3 g/cnt3, the average thickness of 35 to 40 km. (22 to 25 miles) with large areas older than 1500 million years. Continental crust is a complicated structure and has a variable composition. Oceanic crust is thinner than continental crust. Its average density is 2.7 g/cm3 and average thickness of only 6 km. (3.7 miles), with the simple layered structure of the uniform composition.

Question 2.
Discuss how do seismic waves suggest layering of the earth’s interior.
Answer:
Seismic waves are the earthquake waves. The movement of seismic waves tells us a great deal about the earth’s internal structure. The shock waves arising from earthquakes pass through the interior of the earth in different ways and provide evidence about the inaccessible interior region of the earth. Seismic waves are of two types -: body waves and surface waves. Body waves travel through the solid body of the earth, whereas surface waves move along the free upper crust of the earth. Surface waves, in turn, are of two types, viz, Rayleigh waves and Love waves.

Body waves also have two sub-types, viz, ‘P’ waves and ‘S’ waves. ‘P’ (primary waves) pass through all the medium solid, liquid and gaseous, whereas ‘S’ or secondary waves do not pass through liquids.

Based on the above observation related to seismic waves, the interior has been divided into three layers – core, mantle and crust.

The core is the innermost or central layer, the crust is the outermost layer, whereas mantle lies in the middle. Since ‘S’ waves cannot pass through the central part of the earth or core, it suggests that this part is made up of a medium which is not solid. This proves that the earth’s outer core is in a liquid state in contrast to the surrounding mantle which is solid.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth im-2

The ‘P’ waves make an abrupt drop in velocity at the mantle-core _ boundary, whereas ‘S’ waves terminate here. Based on the behaviour of seismic waves, the mantle is sub-divided into two major parts – the upper mantle and the lower mantle.

The crust is distinguished from the mantle by the presence of an abrupt change in velocity of seismic waves. The change in rigidity, in turn, is due to change in the universal composition or in the physical state of the rocks.

Question 3.
Describe the earth’s mantle.
Answer:
The mantle is that part of the earth’s interior which lies between the core and the crust. It consists of solid ultrabasic rocks. The mantle is about 2900 km thick with a density of about (3.0 to 3.4) g/cm3. The lower surface of the mantle forces Gutenberg Discontinuity, the uppermost layer forces the Asthenosphere.

The ‘P’ or primary earthquake waves make an abrupt drop in velocity at the mantle-core boundary, whereas ‘S’ or secondary waves terminate at this boundary. . It is because of the presence of a plane of the discontinuous surface between the core and the mantle known as Gutenberg Discontinuity.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth im-3

Based on the behaviour of seismic waves, the mantle is sub-divided into two major parts – the upper mantle and the lower mantle. The upper mantle extends from the crust to a depth of about 650 km. and includes 300 to 400 km wide Asthenosphere, the uppermost part of the mantle. Rocks in Asthenosphere behave as an elastic solid. This region is referred to as the low-velocity zone.

Question 4. How do the waves of different types tell us about the changes in the nature of different layers of the earth’s interior?
Answer:
Seismic waves are the earthquake waves. The movement of seismic waves tells us a great deal about the earth’s internal structure. The shock waves arising from earthquakes pass through the interior of the earth in different ways and provide evidence about the inaccessible interior region of the earth. Seismic waves are of two types -: body waves and surface waves. Body waves travel through the solid body of the earth, whereas surface waves move along the free upper crust of the earth. Surface waves, in turn, are of two types, viz, Rayleigh waves and Love waves.

Body waves also have two sub-types, viz, ‘P’ waves and ‘S’ waves. ‘P’ (primary waves) pass through all the medium – solid, liquid and gaseous, whereas ‘S’ or secondary waves do not pass through liquids.

Based on the above observation related to seismic waves, the interior has been divided into three layers – core, mantle and crust.

The core is the innermost or central layer, the crust is the outermost layer, whereas mantle lies in the middle. Since ‘S’ waves cannot pass through the central part of the earth or core, it suggests that this part is made up of a medium which is not solid. This proves that the earth’s outer core is in a liquid state in contrast to the surrounding mantle which is solid.

Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth im-2

The ‘P’ waves make the abrupt drop in velocity at the mantle-core boundary, whereas ‘S’ waves terminate here. Based on the behaviour of seismic waves, the mantle is sub-divided into two major parts – the upper mantle and the lower mantle.

The crust is distinguished from the mantle by the presence of an abrupt change in velocity of seismic waves. The change in rigidity, in turn, is due to change in the universal composition or in the physical state of the rocks.

The mantle is that part of the earth’s interior which lies between the core and the crust. It consists of solid ultrabasic rocks. The mantle is about 2900 km thick with a density of about (3.0 to 3.4) g/cm3. The lower surface of the mantle forces Gutenberg Discontinuity, the uppermost layer forces the Asthenosphere.

The ‘P’ or primary earthquake waves make an abrupt drop in velocity at the mantle-core boundary, whereas ‘S’ or secondary waves terminate at this boundary. . It is because of the presence of a plane of the discontinuous surface between the core and the mantle known as Gutenberg Discontinuity.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth im-3

Based on the behaviour of seismic waves, the mantle is sub-divided into two major parts – the upper mantle and the lower mantle. The upper mantle extends from the crust to a depth of about 650 km. and includes 300 to 400 km wide Asthenosphere, the uppermost part of the mantle. Rocks in Asthenosphere behave as elastic solid. Th,is region is referred to as the low-velocity zone.
Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth im-4

Question 5.
Distinguish between :
1. Body Waves and Surface Waves
2. The crust of the earth and Core of the earth
3. Gutenberg Discontinuity and Mohorovicic Discontinuity
Answer:
1. Body waves and Surface Waves :
Seismic waves are the earthquake waves. The movement of seismic waves tells us a great deal about the earth’s internal structure. The shock waves arising from earthquakes pass through the interior of the earth in different ways and provide evidence about the inaccessible interior region of the earth. Seismic waves are of two types -: body waves and surface waves. Body waves travel through the solid body of the earth, whereas surface waves move along the free upper crust of the earth. Surface waves, in turn, are of two types, viz, Rayleigh waves and Love waves.

Body waves also have two sub-types, viz, ‘P’ waves and ‘S’ waves. ‘P’ (primary waves) pass through all the medium – solid, liquid and gaseous, whereas ‘S’ or secondary waves do not pass through liquids.

Based on the above observation related to seismic waves, the interior has been divided into three layers – core, mantle and crust.

The core is the innermost or central layer, the crust is the outermost layer, whereas mantle lies in the middle. Since ‘S’ waves cannot pass through the central part of the earth or core, it suggests that this part is made up of a medium which is not solid. This proves that the earth’s outer core is in a liquid state in contrast to the surrounding mantle which is solid.

Class 11 Geography Important Questions Chapter 3 Interior of the Earth im-2

The ‘P’ waves make an abrupt drop in velocity at the mantle-core boundary, whereas ‘S’ waves terminate here. Based on the behaviour of seismic waves, the mantle is sub-divided into two major parts – the upper mantle and the lower mantle.

The crust is distinguished from the mantle by the presence of an abrupt change in velocity of seismic waves. The change in rigidity, in turn, is due to change in the universal composition or in the physical state of the rocks.

2. Crust of the earth and Core of the earth:

The crust of the Earth The core of the Earth
l. This is the outermost layer of the earth. 1. This is the innermost layer of

of the earth.

2. The average density is 2.73g/cm3. 2. The average density is I7.2g/cm3.
3. It covers about 0.5% part of the earth. 3. It covers about 83% part of the

the earth.

4. It is made up of silica and

aluminium.

4. It is made up of nickel and ferrous.

3. Gutenberg Discontinuity and Mohorovicic Discontinuity:

Gutenberg Discontinuity Mohorovicic Discontinuity
1. It is the boundary between the mantle and the core. 1. It is the boundary between the crust arid the mantle.
2. It was observed by Beno Gutenberg in 1926. 2. It was observed by a Yugoslavian seismologist Mohorovicic in 1909.
3. The ‘P’ waves make an abrupt drop in the velocity at the mantle-core boundary, while S-waves disappear here. 3. The surface of a sudden increase in wave velocity, which separates crust above from the mantle below is Mohorovicic discontinuity.
4. This making a place at the dis-continuous surface between the core and mantle is known as Gutenberg discontinuity.

Rural Development Class 12 Important Extra Questions Economics Chapter 6

Here we are providing Class 12 Economics Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Rural Development. Economics Class 12 Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Economics Chapter 6 Important Extra Questions Rural Development

Rural Development Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Define rural development.
Answer:
Rural development refers to the action plan for the economic and social upliftment of rural areas.

Question 2.
Name the key initiatives required for infrastructural development in rural areas.
Answer:
Key initiatives required for rural development include:

  • Expansion of rural credit
  • Development of irrigation facilities
  • Construction of roads
  • Organised agricultural marketing
  • Information dissemination

Question 3.
What has happened to the agriculture output during 2007-12?
Answer:
During 2007-12, agricultural output has grown at 3.2 percent.

Question 4.
Define credit.
Answer:
Credit is the amount of money available to be borrowed by an individual, which must be paid back to the lender at some point in the future.

Question 5.
What is the function of micro-credit programme?
Answer:
Micro-credit programme provides small loans to the needy for self-employment projects that generate income.

Question 6.
Classify rural credit.
Answer:
Rural credit can be classified into:
(i) Institutional Sources – commercial banks, regional rural bank, cooperatives, land development
(ii) Non-institutional Sources – moneylenders, traders, employers, relatives and friends

Question 7.
Why are moneylenders a popular source of rural credit?
Answer:
The moneylenders are a popular source of rural credit due to easy availability of credit.

Question 8.
When was NABARD set up?
Answer:
NABARD was set up in 1982.

Question 9.
What is agricultural marketing?
Answer:
Agricultural marketing is a process that involves the assembling, storage, processing, transportation, packaging, grading and distribution of different agricultural commodities across the country.

Question 10.
Name a few defects of agricultural marketing.
Answer:
Defects of agricultural marketing include:
(i) Sale at only village level
(ii) Inadequate transport facilities
(iii) Malpractices
(iv) Inadequate credit facilities

Question 11.
What is cooperative marketing?
Answer:
Cooperative marketing is a system through which a group of farmers join together to undertake some or all the processes involved in bringing goods to the consumer instead of individual sale.

Question 12.
What is agricultural diversification?
Answer:
Agricultural diversification refers to change in cropping pattern and/ or a shift of workforce from agriculture to other allied activities and non-agriculture sector.

Question 13.
Name the category that accounts for the largest share in livestock in India.
Answer:
Poultry accounts for the largest share in livestock in India with 58 per cent (in 2012).

Question 14.
What is operation flood?
Answer:
Operation flood is a system in which all the farmers pool their milk produced as per quality-based grading and process and market the same to urban centres through cooperatives.

Question 15.
What is the position of India in the production of fruit and vegetables?
Answer:
India is the second-largest producer of fruits and vegetables in the world.

Question 16.
What is the state of women in employment in fishery sector?
Answer:
Women are not involved in active fishing. However, they form about 60 per cent of the workforce in export marketing and 40 percent in internal marketing.

Question 17.
List some highly remunerative employment options for women in rural areas.
Answer:
Highly remunerative employment options for women in rural areas include:
(i) Flower harvesting
(ii) Nursery maintenance
(iii) Propagation of fruits and flowers
(iv) Food processing
(v) Hybrid seed production and tissue culture

Question 18.
What is sustainable development?
Answer:
Sustainable development is the process of development which fulfils the needs of the present generation without reducing the ability of the future generation to fulfil their own needs.

Question 19.
Define organic farming.
Answer:
Organic farming includes the entire system of farming that restores, maintains and enhances the ecological balance.

Question 20.
Why is the demand for organically grown food rising?
Answer:
The demand for organically grown food is rising in order to enhance food safety throughout the world.

Question 21.
List the major concerns related to promotion of organic farming.
Answer:
The major concerns related to promotion of organic farming are:
(i) Inadequate infrastructure
(ii) Problem of marketing the products

Rural Development Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Why is rural development important?
Answer:
The real progress of a country does not mean simply the growth and expansion of industrial urban centres. It is mainly the development of the villages, the rural sector. Development of rural sector is important because:
(i) agriculture is the major source of livelihood in the rural sector of India;
(ii) more than two-third of India’s population depends on agriculture; and
(iii) bulks of raw materials for industries come from agriculture and rural sector.
However, the level of agricultural productivity is so low that one-third of rural India still lives in abject poverty. Thus, it is important to develop rural India if our nation has to realise real economic and social progress.

Question 2.
What efforts has the government made for rural development?
Answer:
The government has made the following efforts for rural development:
(i) Prepared a road map for agricultural diversification with focus on horticulture, floriculture, animal husbandry and fisheries

(ii) Started Vishesh Krishi Upaj Yojana on I st April, 2004 as a special agricultural produce scheme with the objective of promoting exports of fruits, vegetables, flowers, minor forest produce, dairy and poultry ’

(iii) Focused on micro irrigation, finance, insurance and rural credit

(iv) Strengthened agricultural marketing infrastructure

Question 3.
Discuss the changes that have taken place in Indian agriculture and rural sector since initiation of reforms.
Answer:
After the initiation of reforms, the growth rate of agriculture sector decelerated to about 3 percent per annum during the 1991 -2012. Decline in public investment has been the major reason for this. The share of agriculture sector’s contribution to GDP has been declining while the population dependent on this sector has not shown any significant change.

There has been inadequate infrastructure, lack of alternate employment opportunities in the industry or service sector and increasing casualisation of employment, which further impedes rural development. During 2007-12, agriculture output has grown only at 3.2 percent.

Question 4.
What are the essentials of rural development?
Answer:
The essentials of rural development have been shown with the help of a diagram.
Economics Class 12 Important Questions Chapter 6 Rural Development 1

Question 5.
What are the limitations of non-institutional sources of credit?
Answer:
The following are the limitations of non-institutional sources of credit are:
(i) Moneylenders and traders exploit small farmers by charging very high rate of interest on loans.
(ii) They manipulate poor farmers’ credit accounts and keep them in debt trap.
(iii) They compel the farmers to sell their produce to him at low prices.
(iv) They do not issue any receipt after the payment is made by the farmer.
(v) They get the word cone by members of farmers family without any wages

Question 6.
What are significant features of moneylenders as a source of rural credit?
Answer:
The significant features of moneylenders as a source of rural credit are:
(i) Moneylender provides credit both for productive and unproductive purposes.
(ii) The money lending method is very simple. He provides loans for short-term, medium-term as well as long-term requirements of the farmer, without any legal formalities.
(iii) Moneylender provides loans with or without security.
(iv) If the farmer pays the interest on a regular basis, the moneylender does not compel the farmer to pay back the principal amount.

Question 7.
Discuss in brief the defects of agricultural credit.
Answer:
In India, the main defects in the agricultural credit system are as given under:
(i) Agriculturist needs to pay a very high rate of interest.
(ii) Moneylenders and traders are still the prominent source of agricultural finance.
(iii) There is a lack of coordination among the various agencies of rural credit.
(iv) Despite many institutions, adequate agricultural credit is not available. The institutional finance is only 50 percent of the total requirements of the farmer.
(v) The commercial banks hesitate to provide credit to agriculturist. Banks demand collateral as the risk involved is greater.
(vi) There is no systematic arrangement in New Agricultural Finance Corporations for agricultural credit.

Question 8.
Write a short note on the role and performance of SHGs as a source of credit. ;
Answer:
The formal credit delivery mechanism has not only proven inadequate but has also not been fully integrated into the overall rural social and community development. A vast proportion of poor rural households tend to remain out of the credit network as some kind of collateral is required to take loan from banks.

Self-Help Groups (SHGs) have emerged to fill the gap in the formal credit system. A typical SHG consists of 15-20 members. These members usually belong to one neighbourhood, who meet and save regularly. Saving per member depends on the ability of the people to save.

The SHG can extend these savings as small loans or micro credit to the needy members from the group I itself. Although the group charges interest on these loans, it is still less than what the moneylenders charge. Total SHG savings with banks increased from ₹ 23.9 billions as on 31st March, 2006 to around ₹ 70 billion as on 31 st March, 2011.

Question 9.
What should the rural banking sector do to improve the situation of rural credit in India?
Answer:
In order to improve the situation of rural credit in India, the rural banking sector should change their approach from being merely lenders to building up relationship banking with the borrowers. Developing the habit of savings and efficient utilisation of financial resources must be encouraged among the farmers.

Question 10.
What was the need for state intervention to regulate the activities of the private traders?
State intervention is required to regulate the activities of the private traders
Answer:
(i) to ensure adherence to standardised and open marketing procedures
(ii) to avoid collusion between brokers and traders that may cause disadvantage to the farmers
(iii) to ensure use of standardised weights and measures
(iv) to promote fair marketing fees; and
(v) to keep a check regarding unauthorised deductions from the purchase price payable to the framers.

Question 11.
Explain the policy instruments introduced by the government to safeguard the interests of farmers.
Answer:
Government has developed certain policy instruments to safeguard the interests of farmers. These instruments are:
(i) Fixation of Minimum Support Price (MSP): MSP is announced before the sowing season and assures agricultural producers against any sharp fall in farm prices. It provides long-term guarantee to the farmer.

(ii) Buffer Stock: The Food Corporation of India purchases wheat and rice from the farmers in states where there is surplus production and maintain it as buffer stock. Buffer stock is maintained by the government to stabilise prices. It helps in making the foodgrains available in the deficit areas and hence, resolves the problem of food shortage during adverse weather conditions or during the periods of calamity.

(iii) Public Distribution System (PDS): The PDS operates through fair price shops, also known as ration shops. The government offers essential commodities like wheat, rice, sugar, kerosene, edible oils, coal, cloth, etc. at a price below the market price to poor section of the society.

Question 12.
Write a short note on cooperative marketing societies.
Answer:
The cooperative marketing societies has been started in India in 1954 to assure reasonable prices to the farmers for their produce. The aim was to eliminate all the existing intermediaries from the market. It is a method of linking credit, farming and processing in order to help the farmers to get maximum advantage.

Cooperative marketing is responsible for collecting the produce from the members and disposing it off in the mandi (market) at a favourable time. The cooperative marketing societies, therefore, remove the defects of the present marketing system. The government sets up a cooperative credit society, commonly known as the Primary Agricultural Cooperative Societies (PACS), which can be initiated with 10 or more persons of the village. PACSs also provide loans to the farmers for productive purposes.

Question 13.
Discuss the objectives of cooperative marketing societies.
Answer:
The objectives of cooperative marketing societies are:
(i) To sell the products of its members at fair prices and distribute the sale proportionately among the members
(ii) To provide loans to members in need
(iii) To provide marketing information to the members
(iv) To provide seeds, fertilisers, pesticides and other inputs to the members
(v) To stabilise the prices of agricultural products

Question 14.
What is the need for agricultural diversification?
Answer:
Agricultural diversification is essential due to the following reasons:
(i) There is a greater risk associated with exclusive dependence on farming for livelihood.
(ii) Diversification provides productive sustainable livelihood options to rural people, thereby realising higher level of incomes for them.

Question 15.
Show the distribution of poultry and livestock in India with the help of a diagram.
Answer:
Poultry accounts for the largest share with 58 per cent. Cattle and buffalo account for 24 per cent of India’s total livestock. India had about 300 million cattle, including 108 million buffaloes, in 2012. Other animals which include camels, asses, horses, ponies and mules are in the lowest rung. The diagram below shows the distribution of poultry and livestock in India in 2012.
Economics Class 12 Important Questions Chapter 6 Rural Development 2
Question 16.
What are the benefits of horticulture?
Answer:
The benefits of horticulture are given below:
(i) Horticultural crops play a vital role in providing food and nutrition.
(ii) India has emerged as a world leader in producing a variety of fruits like mangoes, bananas, coconuts, cashew nuts and a number of spices.
(iii) India is the second largest producer of fruits and vegetables in the world.
(iv) Economic condition of many farmers engaged in horticulture has improved.
(v) Horticulture has become a means of improving livelihood for many unprivileged classes.
(vi) It provides highly remunerative employment options for women in rural areas.

Question 17.
Why should organic farming be adopted?
Answer:
Modern farming methods make excessive use of chemical fertilisers and pesticides, which led to loss of soil fertility; soil, water and air pollution, and high chemical contents in foodgrains. Therefore, there is an urgent need to conserve the environment and eco-system and hence, promote sustainable development.

Organic farming is an eco-friendly and inexpensive farming technology,which can be easily purchased by small and marginal farmers. It restores, maintains and enhances the ecological balance. Moreover, organically grown food is considered more nutritious and healthier than chemically grown food.

Rural Development Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Discuss the key issues of action plan for rural development in India.
Answer:
The following are the key issues of action plan for rural development in India:
(i) Land Reforms: Land reforms are the measures to bring about changes in the ownership of land holdings to encourage equity. Land reforms providing a land system conducive for agricultural development should not only be enacted but also be faithfully implemented. The official land tenure system must aim at land to the tiller as self-cultivation can induce maximum improvement in farming.

(ii) Poverty Alleviation: Action plan for rural development includes high priority to poverty alleviation in the rural areas. For the overall development of each locality and in the rural areas special schemes like MNREGA should be launched.

(iii) Human Capital Formation: Human capital formation is still a major task in rural areas of the Indian economy. India has a huge pool of manpower resources but the available manpower lacks basic skill and training. Therefore, in order to make the -available resources strong and efficient, the action plan for rural development should consider the challenging issues like literacy, healthcare, education, on the job training, etc.

(iv) Development of Infrastructure: Development of infrastructure includes the following:

  • Provision of credit facilities to the farmers in the rural areas
  • Permanent water supply throughout the year in the areas receiving less or low rainfall
  • Availability of agricultural research facilities to enhance the crop yield and productivity
  • Development of efficient means of transport, communication and power resources.

Question 2.
Explain the various non-institutional sources of rural credit in India.
Answer:
The various non-institutional sources of rural credit in India are:
(i) Moneylenders: Moneylenders typically offer small personal loans to farmers at high rates of interest. They charge high interest rates due to the level of risk involved. They lend to people with limited access to banking activities.

(ii) Traders and Commission Agents: Traders and commission agents are also non-institutional source of agricultural finance. They advance loans to agriculturists for productive purposes against their crops without any legal agreement. They force them to sell their produce at low prices and charge heavy commission for themselves.

(iii) Landlords: Small and marginal farmers mostly depend on landlords for credit in order to satisfy their day-to-day requirements; However, with the abolition of zamindari system, this source has lost its importance to a large extent.

(iv) Relatives: Sometime the farmers have to borrow from their relatives and friends to meet their financial crisis. This type of loan does not carry interest.

Question 3.
What are the sources of institutional credit in India? Explain.
Answer:
The sources of institutional credit in India include the following:
(i) Government: The government provides loans to the farmer for his short-term as well as long
term needs. Normally, these loans are given at the time of natural calamities such as droughts, floods, etc. Long-term loans are given for making permanent improvements and a very low rate of interest is charged for the same.

(ii) Cooperative Credit: The cooperative credit societies meet the requirements of only short-term credit. However, to bring about permanent improvement on land and to introduce modern technology, long-term heavy investment is required. Land development banks are supposed to advance long-term loans for this purpose.

(iii) Commercial Banks: After the nationalisation of 14 big banks in 1969, the commercial banks have also started taking keen interest in farm financing. A number of schemes have been introduced to help the farmers so that they may introduce the modern,technology in agriculture. Most families covered by these banks are big landlords, who could give adequate security to the bank in the form of land mortgage.

(iv) Regional Rural Banks: A new rural credit agency has’ been set up to provide loan to the agriculturists. RRBs have been opened by the joint efforts of the central and state governments and commercial banks. These banks have been set up-in the rural areas where enough credit has not been available but there are substantial potentialities of agricultural development.

(v) National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development: NABARD was set up on 12th July, 1982 as an apex body to look after the credit needs of the rural sector. It has got an authority to oversee the functioning of the cooperative sector through its agricultural credit department. It provides long-term loans by way of refinance of land development banks, cooperative banks, commercial banks and regional rural banks.

(vi) Kisan Credit Card (KCC) Scheme: This scheme was introduced in 1998-99 and it has made rapid progress, with the banking system issuing more than 556 lakh cards by November, 2005. This scheme has helped in augmenting the flow of short-term crop loans for seasonal agricultural operations to farmers. Besides the existing facilities, the KCC scheme has been enlarged to include long-term loans for agriculture and allied activities along with a component to meet the consumption needs.

Question 4.
Suggest some measures for the improvement of rural credit.
Answer:
The following measures should be adopted for the improvement of rural credit:
(i) Coordination: The different agencies of agricultural credit must be coordinated to facilitate efficient disbursal and utilisation of financial resources.

(ii) Deposit Insurance Scheme: The cooperative banks should start the Deposit Insurance Scheme to attract the maximum deposits from the public.

(iii) Cooperative Marketing Societies: The credit and cooperative marketing societies should be integrated. It will ensure the paying back of loans as the farmers sell their produce to cooperative markets.

(iv) Increase in Capital Resources: It is necessary to increase capital resources of the cooperative credit societies to meet the need of the farmers.

(v) Easy Availability of Loans: The loan process should be made simpler. The main reason for popularity of the moneylender is simple methods of lending the amount. The formalities should be minimised.

(vi) Efficient Management: The credit agencies should be efficiently managed. The managers should have complete knowledge about agriculture and they should be sympathetic towards

(vii) Promotion of Savings: To promote savings, the farmers should be given incentives. The government should use its mechanism to encourage farmers to save more and avoid unnecessary spending.

Question 5.
Explain the significance of agricultural marketing in rural development.
Answer:
An efficient marketing system is of great significance for the development of agricultural economy like that of India. Proper marketing of agricultural products is undoubtedly favourable to the farmers because it ensures fair price for their produce. The fair price encourages them to produce for the market. The needs of urban sector are better satisfied and the process of industrialisation gets a boost.

As a result, the income of the farmers rises, increasing their demand for industrial output. Thus, improvement in farm marketing helps the process of development. Naturally, an important problem of Indian agriculture concerns the marketing of its produce. In order to increase the income of the farmers and to promote economic growth of India, it is necessary that the problem of agricultural marketing be solved.

It is a fact that economic prosperity depends upon a sound system of marketing. In India, it becomes important because some states produce much more than their requirements and have to supply to other deficit parts of the country.

Question 6.
Discuss the conditions required for efficient agriculture marketing in India.
Answer:
Following are the conditions necessary for efficient marketing in India:
(i) Storage Facilities: Efficient marketing needs adequate storage facilities so that they should be able to wait for times when they could get better prices of their produce. Moreover, they do not have to dispose off their surplus produce immediately after harvesting.

(ii) Freedom from Moneylenders: In India, there is large number of moneylenders who compel farmers for distress sale. Thus, credit facilities should be extended to save them from the clutches of moneylenders.

(iii) Transportation Facilities: Farmers should have cheap and adequate transport facilities so that they may be able to take their surplus to the regulated markets instead of selling it away at the village level.

(iv) Reduced Intermediaries: The number of intermediaries should be minimised so that the profits of middlemen may be reduced. This in turn will increase the returns to the farmers.

(v) Adequate Information: Farmers should have adequate and clear information regarding the market conditions as well as about the prevailing prices otherwise they may be cheated. There should be organised and regulated markets where they can directly sell their produce.

Question 3.
Discuss the importance of cooperative marketing in India.
Answer:
The following are the advantages of cooperative marketing in India:
(i) End of Middle Man: The agricultural cooperative marketing has ended the presence of middle man in the process of sale and purchase of products. With the help of cooperative marketing, S agriculturists get fair price of their products.

(ii) Increased Bargaining Power of the Producers: With the help of cooperative marketing, farmers are less prone to exploitation and malpractices. Instead of marketing their produce individually, they market it together through one agency. This increases their bargaining’strength as merchants and intermediaries.

(iii) Direct Dealing with Final Buyers: The cooperatives can altogether skip the intermediaries and enter into direct dealing with the final buyers, which eliminates exploiters and ensure fair prices to both the producers and the consumers.

(iv) Standardisation and Gradation of Agricultural Produce: This task could be done more easily by a cooperative agency than by an individual farmer. Thus, each member can take advantages of standardisation and gradation of produce.

(v) Control Over the Supply of Produce: Prices of the produce fall down during cropping season
due to excess supply in the market. The cooperative marketing societies provide storage facilities. As a result, there remains a control over the supply of produce. The farmers can wait for better prices.

(vi) Credit Facilities: The cooperative marketing societies provide credit facilities to the farmers to save them from the necessity of selling their produce immediately after harvesting. This ensures better returns to the farmers.

(vii) Provide Training of Commercial Methods: The cooperative societies also provide training to the farmers for cooperative efforts and commercial methods in the marketing, which develops the cooperative tendencies in the rural areas.

(viii) Advertisement and Publicity: Through advertisements and publicity services, cooperative marketing increases the sale of farmer’s produce, which enlarges the size of the market.

Question 4.
Explain the advantages and limitations of organic farming.
Answer:
Advantages of Organic Farming
(i) Inexpensive Process: Organic agriculture substitutes costlier agricultural inputs with locally produced organic inputs, which are cheaper and hence, generate more return on investment.

(ii) Generates Higher Income: It generates higher income by means of international exports as the demand for organically grown products is rising.

(iii) Healthier Food: Organically grown food has more nutritional value than chemically grown food. It, therefore, provides us with healthier and tastier foods.

(iv) Creates Employment: Since organic farming organic farming requires is a labour-intensive process, it will solve the problem of unemployment.

(v) Eco-friendly: Organic goods are pesticide-free and produced in an environmentally sustainable way.

Limitations of Organic Farming

  • Yields from organic farming are less compared to the yield from modern agriculture farming, at least in the initial years.
  • Organic produce may also have more blemishes and a shorter shelf life than sprayed produce.
  • Infrastructural facilities are inadequate to encourage small farmers to adapt organic farming
  • There is a limited choice to produce off-season crops in organic farming.

Rural Development important Extra Questions HOTS

Question 1.
Explain the working of an SHG formed in Tamil Nadu.
Answer:
TANWA is a Tamil Nadu Women in Agriculture project,- which was initiated in Tamil Nadu to train women in the latest agricultural techniques. It induces women to actively participate in raising agricultural productivity and family income.

At a farm, women’s group in Thiruchhirapalli run by Anthoniammal, trained women successfully make and sell the vermicompost and earn money from this venture. With the accumulated savings, they promote small-scale household activities such as mushroom cultivation, soap manufacture, doll making or other income generating activities.

 

Class 12 Hindi Important Questions Aroh Chapter 2 पतंग

Here we are providing Class 12 Hindi Important Extra Questions and Answers Aroh Chapter 2 पतंग. Important Questions for Class 12 Hindi are the best resource for students which helps in class 12 board exams.

पतंग Class 12 Important Extra Questions Hindi Aroh Chapter 2

प्रश्न 1.
पतंग कविता का मूलभाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
पतंग’ आलोक धन्वा द्वारा रचित कविता है, जिसमें कवि ने बाल-सुलभ इच्छाओं एवं उमंगों का सुंदर एवं सजीव चित्रण किया है। उन्होंने बाल क्रियाकलापों एवं प्रकृति में आए परिवर्तनों को सहज भाव से अभिव्यक्त किया है। पतंग बच्चों की उमंगों का रंग-बिरंगा सपना है जो आसमान में उड़ता है, जिसे बालमन छूना चाहता है। बच्चे उमंग में झूमकर आसमान को पार कर जाना चाहते हैं।

एक ओर शरद ऋतु का चमकीला संकेत है जहाँ तितलियों की रंगीन दुनिया है। बच्चों की किलकारियों से दिशाएँ भी मृदंग के समान बजती हैं। पच्ची भी उनकी कोमलता को छूने हेतु स्वयं उनका स्पर्श करना चाहती है। वे हर बार नवीन पतंगों का सबसे ऊँचा उझने का साहस लिए बार-बार भादों (अंधेरे) के पश्चात शरद (उजाले) की प्रतीक्षा करते है।

प्रश्न 2, बच्चे यदि छतों के खतरनाक किनारों से बच जाते हैं तो क्या होता है?
उत्तर
बच्चे यदि छतों के खतरनाक किनारों से बच जाते हैं तो वे और भी अधिक निडर एवं बेखौफ बन जाते हैं। उनमें नई स्फूर्ति एवं साहस का भाव भर जाता है। वे अधिक निडरता के साथ सुनहरे सूर्य के सामने आकर खड़े हो जाते हैं और पतंग को पहले की अपेक्षा अधिक मस्ती एवं आनंद के साथ उड़ाते हैं।

प्रश्न 3.
आकाश को मुलायम कौन बनाता है और क्यों?
उत्तर
आकाश को मुलायम शरद ऋतु बनाता है। वह इसे इसलिए मुलायम बनाता है ताकि बच्चे पतंग उड़ा सकें। दुनिया की सबसे हल्की और रंगीन चीज़ उड़ सके। दुनिया का सबसे पतला कागज तथा बाँस की पतली कमानी उड जाए। बच्चे उमंग एवं मस्ती में जमकर सीटियाँ बजा तथा किलकारियाँ भर सकें।

प्रश्न 4.
‘पतंग’ कविता की बिंब-योजना स्पष्ट करें।
उत्तर
पतंग कविता की बिंब-योजना सरल, स्पष्ट, सटीक एवं सार्थक है। इसमें कवि ने छोटे-छोटे बिंबों का प्रयोग किया है। दृश्य एवं अव्य बिंब एकदम सारगर्भित प्रतीत होते है। कहीं-कहीं स्पर्श बिंब का समायोजन भी किया गया है, जैसे-‘पृथ्वी धूमती हुई आती है उनके बेचैन पैरों के पास जब वे दौड़ते हैं बेसुध।

प्रश्न 5.
‘पतंग’ किसकी कविता है तथा इस कविता में कवि ने क्या कहा है?
उत्तर
‘पतंग’ कविता आलोक धन्वा द्वारा रचित है। यह कविता इनके काव्य संग्रह ‘दुनिया रोज़ बनती है’ से संकलित है। इस कविता में कवि ने बाल-सुलभ इच्छाओं एवं उमंगों का सुंदर एवं मनोहारी चित्रण किया है। कवि ने बाल क्रियाकलापों तथा प्रकृति में आए परिवर्तन को अभिव्यक्त करने के लिए अनेक संदर बिंबों का समायोजन किया है।

प्रश्न 6.
‘पतंग’ को कवि ने बच्चों के लिए क्या और क्यों माना है?
उत्तर
कवि ने ‘पतंग’ को बच्चों की उमगों का रंग-बिरंगा सपना माना है। इसमें वह खो जाना चाहता है। आकाश में उड़ती हुई पतंग उँचाइयों की वे हदें हैं जिन्हें बालक मन छूना चाहता है और उसके पार जाना चाहता है।

प्रश्न 7.
कवि ने प्रकृति को बदला हुआ क्यों कहा है?
उत्तर
कवि का कथन है कि प्रकृति का अद्भुत सौंदर्य परिवर्तित हो गया है। तन-मन को भिगो देने वाली तेज़ बौछारें समाप्त हो गई है तथा भादों मास का अंधकार भी समाप्त हो गया है। अब शरद ऋतु का उजाला आ गया है।

प्रश्न 8.
कवि ने ‘शरद ऋतु’ का मानवीकरण किस प्रकार किया है?
उत्तर
कवि शरद का मानवीकरण करते हुए कहता है कि शरद अपनी नई चमकदार साइकिल को तेज़ गति से चलाते हुए ज़ोर-ज़ोर से घंटी बजाकर पतंग उड़ाने वाले बच्चों के समूह को सुंदर संकेतों के माध्यम से बुला रहा है।

प्रश्न 9.
पृथ्वी किसकी कोमलता को स्पर्श करने के लिए लालायित रहती है?
उत्तर
कवि बाल-मन की चेष्ओं का वर्णन करते हुए कहता है कि बालक जन्म से अत्यंत नाजुक और कोमल होते हैं। वे अपने जन्म के साथ ही कोमलता का भाव लेकर आते हैं। बच्चों की इसी कोमलता को स्पर्श करने के लिए पुच्ची लालायित रहती है।

प्रश्न 10.
कविता के अनुसार बच्चों में साहस और निडरता कब उत्पन्न होती है?
उत्तर
बच्चे अपनी पतंगों को उझते हुए जब कभी छतों के खतरनाक किनारों से गिर जाते हैं, तत्पश्चात यदि वे बच जाते है तो उनमें साहस और निडरता और अधिक मात्रा में पैदा हो जाती है। इन खतरनाक किनारों से बचने के बाद वे और भी निडरता के साथ सुनहरे सूर्य के सामने आते हैं।

प्रश्न 11.
बेसुध होकर दौड़त हुए बच्चों को कौन गिरने से बचाता है?
उत्तर
जब बजे बेसुध होकर दौड़ते हैं तो उस समय उनके रोमांचित शरीर का संगीत ही उन्हें गिरने से बचाता है। उस समय मात्र धागे के सहारे उड़ते पतंगों की ऊंचाइयाँ उन्हें सहारा देकर थाम लेती हैं।

प्रश्न 12.
कविता में कवि ने शरद ऋतु का आगमन किस लिए माना है?
उत्तर
कविता में कवि ने माना है कि शरद ऋतु का आगमन इसलिए हआ है ताकि बच्चों की पतंग आकाश में उड सके। दुनिया की सबसे हल्की वस्तु के साथ बाँस की पतली कमानी उड़ सके। वे स्वयं को भी भूलकर प्रसन्नता बटोर सकें।

प्रश्न 13.
कवि ने ‘पतंग’ कविता में ‘सवेरे’ की तुलना किससे और क्यों की है?
उत्तर
‘पतंग’ कविता में कवि ने सवेरे की तुलना खरगोश की आँखों से की है क्योंकि खरगोश की आँखों में सवेरे जैसी लालिमा होती है।

प्रश्न 14.
बच्चों को कपास की तरह कोमल और उनके पैरों को बेचैन क्यों कहा गया है ? ‘पतंग’ कविता के आधार पर उत्तर दीजिए। (A.I.C.B.S.E. 2014, Set-I, II, III)
उत्तर
कवि ने रूपक के रूप में बच्चों को कपास की तरह कोमल कहा है क्योंकि बच्चों का शरीर भी कपास की तरह मुलायम और कोमल होता है। बच्चे कहीं भी टिक कर नहीं बैठते, इसलिए कवि ने उनके पैरों को बेचैन कहा है।

सप्रसंग व्याख्या, अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

सबसे तेज बौछारें गई भादों गया
सवेरा हुआ
खरगोश की आँखों जैसा लाल सवेरा
शरद आया पुलों को पार करते हुए
अपनी नई चमकीली साइकिल तेज चलाते हुए  (Delhi C.B.S.E. 2016)
घंटी बजाते हुए जोर-जोर से
चमकीले इशारों से बुलाते हुए
पतंग उड़ानेवाले बच्चों के झुंड को (C.B.S.E. Delhi 2009, 2010 Set-1, 2011 Set-1)
चमकीले शारों से बुलाते हुए और (C.B.S.E. Delhi 2013. Set-I, Set-II, Set-III)
आकाश को इतना मुलायम बनाते हुए
कि पतंग ऊपर उठ सके
दुनिया की सबसे हलकी और रंगीन चीज़ इसके
दुनिया का सबसे पतला कागज उड़ सके
बाँस की सबसे पतली कमानी उड़ सके
कि शुरू हो सके सीटियों, किलकारियों और
तितलियों की इतनी नाजुक दुनिया

शब्दार्थ : भादों-बरसात का एक महीना। इशारों से-संकेतों से। रंगीन-रंग-बिरंगी। नाजुक-कोमल, निश्छल। शरद-शरद ऋतु, उजाला। झुंड-समूह । मुलायम-कोमल।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत काव्यांश हमारी हिंदी की पाठ्य-पुस्तक ‘आरोह भाग-2’ में संकलित कवि ‘आलोक धन्या’ द्वारा रचित ‘पतंग’ नामक कविता से अवतरित है। इसमें कवि ने प्राकृतिक परिवर्तन के साथ-साथ बाल-मन की सुलभ चेष्टाओं का मनोहारी चित्रण किया है।

व्याख्या : कवि का कथन है कि प्रकृति का अद्भुत सौंदर्य परिवर्तित हो गया है। तन-मन को भिगो देने वाली तेज बौछारें समाप्त हो गई हैं तथा भादों मास समाप्त हो गया है। खरगोश की आँखों के समान लालिमा और चमक से युक्त सवेरा हो गया है। दूसरी ओर शरद का महीना भी अनेक झड़ियों और बौछारों को पार करके आ गया है।

कवि शरद का मानवीकरण करते हुए कहता है कि शरद अपनी नई चमकदार साइकिल को तेज गति से चलाते हुए तथा जोर-शोर से उसकी घंटी बजाकर पतंग उड़ाने वाले बच्चों के समूह को सुंदर संकेतों के माध्यम से बुला रहा है। उसने अपने चमकदार संकेतों और मधुर ध्वनियों से आकाश को भी इतना कोमल बना

दिया है कि पतंग इस असीम आकाश में ऊपर उठ सके। कवि कल्पना करता हुआ कहता है कि ताकि दुनिया की सबसे हल्की, कोमल व रंग-बिरंगी वस्तु उड़ सके। संसार के पहले पतले कागज़ के साथ बाँस की सबसे पतली कमानी भी इसके साथ उड़ जाए और इनको उड़ता हुआ देखकर बच्चों की सीटियाँ और किलकारियाँ गूंज सकें तथा कोमल तितलियाँ मधुर गुंजार करने लगे।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
इस अवतरण के कवि तथा कविता का नाम लिखें।
2. कवि ने सवेरे के लिए किस विशेषण का प्रयोग किया है?
3. कवि ने सवेरे की तुलना किससे की है और क्यों?
4. शरद ऋतु का आगमन कैसे हुआ?
5. शरद का आगमन किसलिए हुआ?
6. इस अवतरण का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
7. काव्यांश के प्रतीकों को समझाइए।
8. मानवीकरण अलंकार का उदाहरण चुनकर उसका सौंदर्य स्पष्ट करें।
उत्तर
1. इस अवतरण के कवि का नाम ‘आलोक धन्वा’ तथा कविता का नाम ‘पतंग’ है।
2. कवि ने सवेरे के लिए ‘खरगोश की आँखों जैसा लाल’ विशेषण का प्रयोग किया है।
3. कवि के सवेरे की तुलना खरगोश की आँखों से की है क्योंकि उसकी आँखों में सवेरे जैसी लालिमा होती है।
4. शरद ऋतु पुलों को पार करते हुए अपनी नई चमकीली साइकिल तेज़ चलाते हुए आया। वह जोर-जोर से घंटी बजाकर पतंग उड़ाने वाले बच्चों को इशारों से बुलाते हुए आया।
5. शरद का आगमन इसलिए हुआ ताकि बच्चों की पतंग आकाश में उड़ सके। दुनिया की बाँस की पतली कमानी के साथ सब से हल्की वस्तु पतंग उड़ सके।
6. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि ने प्राकृतिक सौंदर्य का अद्भुत चित्रण किया है।
  • बाल-सुलभ इच्छाओं का अनूठा वर्णन है।
  • शरद ऋतु का मानवीकरण किया गया है।
  • मानवीकरण, अनुप्रास, स्वभावोक्ति, पदमैत्री, उपमा, पुनरुक्ति प्रकाश, श्लेष आदि अलंकारों की छटा दर्शनीय है।
  • प्रसाद गुण है।
  • अभिधा शब्द-शक्ति का प्रयोग है।
  • संस्कृत के तत्सम, तद्भव और विदेशी भाषा के शब्दों का प्रयोग है।
  • खड़ी बोली की भाषा सरल, सरस है।
  • मुक्तक छंद है।

7. खरगोश की आँखों जैसा लाल सवेरा और शरद का साइकिल।
8. ‘शरद आया पुलों को पार करते हुए’-में शरद का मानवीकरण किया गया है।

2. जन्म से ही वे अपने साथ लाते हैं कपास
पृथ्वी घूमती हुई आती है उनके बेचैन पैरों के पास
जब वे दौड़ते हैं बेसुध
छतों को भी नरम बनाते हुए
दिशाओं को मृदंग की तरह बजाते हुए
जब वे पेंग भरते हुए चले आते हैं
डाल की तरह लचीले वेग से अकसर (C.B.S.E. Delhi 2017, Set-I, II, III)

शब्दार्थ कपास-रूई, कोमलता का भाव। नरम-कोमल। पेंग भरना-झूला-झूलना, झूला झूलते हुए इधर-उधर जाने की क्रिया। अकसर-प्रायः । बेसुध-बेहोश। मृदंग-नगाड़ा। डाल-शाखा, टहनी।

प्रसंग प्रस्तुत काव्यांश हमारी हिंदी की पाठ्य पुस्तक ‘आरोह भाग-2’ में संकलित तथा ‘आलोक धन्वा’ द्वारा रचित ‘पतंग’ नामक कविता से अवतरित है। इसमें कवि ने कोमल बच्चों की इच्छाओं और क्रियाकलापों का चित्रण किया है।

व्याख्या : कवि बाल-मन की चेष्टाओं का मनोहारी चित्रण करते हुए कहता है कि बालक जन्म से अत्यंत नाजुक और कोमल होते हैं। वे अपने जन्म के साथ ही कोमलता का भाव लेकर आते हैं। बच्चों की कोमलता को स्पर्श करने के लिए पृथ्वी भी लालायित रहती है।

जब वे मकान की छतों को अपने कोमल पाँवों से कोमल बनाते हुए बेसुध होकर दौड़ते हैं तो पृथ्वी भी उनके बेचैन पाँवों के पास उनका स्पर्श करने हेतु घूमती हुई आती है। बच्चे अपनी किलकारियों के द्वारा सभी दिशाओं को नगाड़ों की तरह बजाते प्रतीत होते हैं। वे प्रायः वृक्ष की शाखा की भाँति कोमल लचीले वेग के साथ इधर-उधर झूलते हुए से अपनी मस्ती में डूबकर दौड़े आते हैं।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. कपास कौन और कहाँ से लेकर आते हैं?
2. ‘कपास’ शब्द किसके लिए और क्यों प्रयुक्त हुआ है?
3. बच्चे कैसे दौड़ते हैं?
4. उपर्युक्त काव्यांश का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. कपास कोमल बच्चे अपने जन्म से ही लेकर आते हैं।
2. कपास शब्द कोमल बच्चों के लिए प्रयुक्त हुआ है, क्योंकि किशोर बच्चों में वैसी ही कोमलता एवं निश्छलता बनी होती है जैसी कपास में होती है।
3. बच्चे बेसुध होकर, छतों को नर्म बनाते, दिशाओं को मृदंग की तरह बजाते हुए, डाल की तरह लचीले वेग से दौड़ते हैं।
4. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कवि ने बच्चों की चेष्टाओं एवं क्रियाकलापों का सुंदर चित्रण किया है।
  • भाषा शुद्ध साहित्यिक खड़ी बोली है।
  • मानवीकरण, अनुप्रास, स्वभावोक्ति, उपमा आदि अलंकारों की शोभा है।
  • संस्कृत के तत्सम, तद्भव और विदेशी भाषा के शब्दों का प्रयोग है।
  • प्रसाद गुण है।
  • अभिधात्मक शैली का प्रयोग है।

3 छतों के खतरनाक किनारों तक
उस समय गिरने से बचाता है उन्हें
सिर्फ उनके ही रोमांचित शरीर का संगीत
पतंगों की धड़कती ऊँचाइयाँ उन्हें थाम लेती हैं महज़ एक धागे के सहारे
पतंगों के साथ-साथ वे भी उड़ रहे हैं
अपने रंधों के सहारे

शब्दार्थ : रोमांचित-रोमांच से परिपूर्ण, चंचल, गतिशील। महज़-केवल, मात्र । थाम लेती है-सहारा देती हैं। रंधों-सुराखों, छिद्रों।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत काव्यांश हिंदी की पाठ्य-पुस्तक ‘आरोह भाग-2’ में संकलित कवि ‘आलोक धन्वा’ द्वारा रचित ‘पतंग’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है। इसमें कवि ने बाल सुलभ इच्छाओं और क्रियाकलापों का सजीव चित्रण किया है।

व्याख्या : कवि कोमल बच्चों के क्रिया-कलापों का चित्रण करते हुए कहता है कि जब बच्चे अपनी पतंगों को उड़ाने के लिए मकानों की छतों के खतरनाक किनारों पर दौड़ते हैं तो उन्हें अन्य कोई बचाने नहीं आता बल्कि उनके रोमांचित शरीर का संगीत ही उनकी रक्षा करता है, उन्हें गिरने से बचाता है।

जो पतंग मात्र एक धागे के सहारे असीम आकाश में उड़ रही होती है तो वह भी अपनी डोलती ऊँचाइयों से कोमल बच्चों को सहारा प्रदान करती है। ये कोमल बच्चे असीम आकाश में उड़ने वाले पतंगों के साथ-साथ अपने रोमछिद्रों के सहारे स्वयं भी उड़ रहे हैं। बाल-मन भी ऊँचाइयों को छू रही पतंगों के साथ आकाश में उड़ना चाहता है। वह उनकी हदों को पार करना चाहता है। वैसे भी इन कोमल बच्चों का कोमल मन भी इन्हीं पतंगों के साथ आकाश में उड़ रहा होता है।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. बच्चों को पतंग उड़ाते हुए छतों के किनारों से कौन बचाता है?
2. पतंगों की ऊँचाइयाँ बच्चों को कैसे थाम लेती हैं?
3. पतंगों के साथ-साथ वे भी उड़ रहे हैं। पंक्ति में निहित भाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
4. काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उलर
1. बच्चों को पतंग उड़ाते हुए छतों के किनारों से उनके रोमांचित शरीर का संगीत बचाता है।
2. पतंगों की ऊँचाइयाँ बच्चों को एक धागे के सहारे थाम लेती हैं।
3. इस पंक्ति का भाव है कि आकाश में पतंग उड़ाते हुए बच्चे पतंग के साथ आत्मिक रूप से जुड़ जाते हैं। उनका मन, तन और आत्मा पतंग के साथ-साथ हिलोरें लेने लगते हैं। इस प्रकार बच्चे पतंगों के साथ उड़ रहे हैं।
4. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  •  बच्चों की चेष्टाओं का सजीव वर्णन हुआ है।
  • भाषा सहज, सरल एवं सरस है।
  • तत्सम, तद्भव और विदेशी शब्दावली का प्रयोग है।
  • अनुप्रास, पुनरुक्ति प्रकाश, स्वभावोक्ति अलंकारों की छटा है।
  • प्रसाद गुण एवं अभिधा शब्द-शक्ति है।
  • भावपूर्ण शैली का प्रयोग है।

4. अगर वे कभी गिरते हैं छतों के खतरनाक किनारों से
और बच जाते हैं तब तो
और भी निडर होकर सुनहले सूरज के सामने आते हैं
पृथ्वी और भी तेज़ घूमती हुई आती है
उनके बेचैन पैरों के पास।

शब्दार्थ : सुनहले सूरज-सुनहरा सूर्य।

प्रसंग : प्रस्तुत पद्यांश हिंदी की पाठ्य-पुस्तक ‘आरोह भाग-2’ में संकलित कविता ‘पतंग’ से अवतरित किया गया है जिसके कवि आलोक धन्वा हैं। इसमें कवि ने बाल सुलभ चेष्टाओं का चित्रण किया है।

व्याख्या : कवि का कथन है कि अगर बच्चे अपनी पतंगों को उड़ाते कभी छतों के खतरनाक किनारों से गिर जाते हैं और यदि वे बच जाते हैं तो उनमें और साहस और निडरता पैदा हो जाती है। इन खतरनाक किनारों से बचने के बाद वे और भी निडरता के साथ सुनहरे सूर्य के सामने आते हैं। कोमल बच्चों की बाल-चेष्टाओं, निडरता और साहस को देखकर पृथ्वी भी उनके बेचैन पाँवों के पास और भी तेज गति से घूमने लगती है।

अर्थग्रहण एवं सौंदर्य-सराहना संबंधी प्रश्नोत्तर

प्रश्न
1. बच्चे निडर होकर किसके सामने आते हैं?
2. बच्चे निडर होकर सूर्य के सामने कब आते हैं?
3. बच्चों का सूर्य के सामने आने पर क्या होता है?
4. काव्यांश का काव्य-सौंदर्य स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर
1. बच्चे निडर होकर सुनहरे सूर्य के सामने आते हैं।
2. बच्चे निडर होकर सूर्य के सामने तब आते हैं जब वे छतों के खतरनाक किनारों से गिरकर बच जाते हैं।
3. बच्चों का सूर्य के सामने आने पर पृथ्वी और भी तेज़ गति से घूमती हुई उनके बेचैन पैरों के पास आती है।
4. काव्य-सौंदर्य

  • कोमल बच्चों के साहस और निडरता का सजीव चित्रण है।
  • भाषा शुद्ध साहित्यिक खड़ी बोली है।
  • अनुप्रास, मानवीकरण, स्वभावोक्ति आदि अलंकारों की छटा है।
  • कोमलकांत पदावली का चित्रण है।
  • प्रसाद गुण है।
  • अभिधा शब्द-शक्ति का प्रयोग है।
  • शैली भावपूर्ण है।
  • मुक्तक छंद है।